SemaDecl.cpp revision b3d8748e797c6c2f1dc01186c8eeb3b1b5fe970c
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h" 15#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 16#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 17#include "clang/AST/APValue.h" 18#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 19#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 20#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 21#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 23#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 24#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 25#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 26#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 30// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) 31#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 32#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" 33#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 34#include <algorithm> 35#include <cstring> 36#include <functional> 37using namespace clang; 38 39/// getDeclName - Return a pretty name for the specified decl if possible, or 40/// an empty string if not. This is used for pretty crash reporting. 41std::string Sema::getDeclName(Decl *D) { 42 if (NamedDecl *DN = dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(D)) 43 return DN->getQualifiedNameAsString(); 44 return ""; 45} 46 47Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr) { 48 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 49} 50 51/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 52/// return the declaration of that type. 53/// 54/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 55/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 56/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 57/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 58/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 59/// 60/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 61/// and then return NULL. 62ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 63 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 64 bool isClassName, 65 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr) { 66 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 67 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 68 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 69 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 70 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 71 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 72 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 73 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 74 75 if (!LookupCtx) { 76 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 77 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 78 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 79 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 80 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 81 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 82 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 83 // 84 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 85 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 86 if (!isClassName) 87 return ParsedType(); 88 89 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 90 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 91 QualType T = 92 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SS->getScopeRep(), II, 93 SourceLocation(), SS->getRange(), NameLoc); 94 return ParsedType::make(T); 95 } 96 97 return ParsedType(); 98 } 99 100 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 101 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 102 return ParsedType(); 103 } 104 105 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 106 // lookup for class-names. 107 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 108 LookupOrdinaryName; 109 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 110 if (LookupCtx) { 111 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 112 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 113 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 114 // nested-name-specifier. 115 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 116 117 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 118 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 119 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 120 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 121 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 122 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 123 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 124 LookupName(Result, S); 125 } 126 } else { 127 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 128 LookupName(Result, S); 129 } 130 131 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 132 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 133 case LookupResult::NotFound: 134 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 135 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 136 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 137 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 138 return ParsedType(); 139 140 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 141 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 142 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 143 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 144 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 145 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 146 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 147 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 148 return ParsedType(); 149 } 150 151 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 152 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 153 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 154 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 155 if (!IIDecl || 156 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 157 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 158 IIDecl = *Res; 159 } 160 } 161 162 if (!IIDecl) { 163 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 164 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 165 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 166 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 167 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 168 // a type name. 169 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 170 return ParsedType(); 171 } 172 173 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 174 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 175 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 176 // perform the name lookup again. 177 break; 178 179 case LookupResult::Found: 180 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 181 break; 182 } 183 184 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 185 186 QualType T; 187 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 188 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 189 190 if (T.isNull()) 191 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 192 193 if (SS) 194 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 195 196 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 197 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 198 } else { 199 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 200 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 201 return ParsedType(); 202 } 203 204 return ParsedType::make(T); 205} 206 207/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 208/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 209/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 210/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C 211/// where the user forgot to specify the tag. 212DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 213 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 214 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 215 LookupName(R, S, false); 216 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 217 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 218 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 219 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 220 default: return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 221 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 222 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 223 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 224 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 225 } 226 } 227 228 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 229} 230 231bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 232 SourceLocation IILoc, 233 Scope *S, 234 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 235 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 236 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 237 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 238 239 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 240 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 241 LookupResult Lookup(*this, &II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 242 NotForRedeclaration); 243 244 if (DeclarationName Corrected = CorrectTypo(Lookup, S, SS, 0, 0, CTC_Type)) { 245 if (NamedDecl *Result = Lookup.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>()) { 246 if ((isa<TypeDecl>(Result) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Result)) && 247 !Result->isInvalidDecl()) { 248 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 249 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 250 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 251 << &II << Lookup.getLookupName() 252 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 253 Result->getNameAsString()); 254 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 255 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 256 << &II << DC << Lookup.getLookupName() << SS->getRange() 257 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 258 Result->getNameAsString()); 259 else 260 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 261 262 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 263 << Result->getDeclName(); 264 265 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS); 266 return true; 267 } 268 } else if (Lookup.empty()) { 269 // We corrected to a keyword. 270 // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it. 271 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 272 << &II << Corrected; 273 return true; 274 } 275 } 276 277 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 278 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 279 UnqualifiedId Name; 280 Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc); 281 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 282 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 283 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 284 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 285 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 286 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 287 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 288 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 289 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 290 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 291 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 292 } 293 return true; 294 } 295 } 296 297 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 298 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 299 300 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 301 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II; 302 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 303 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 304 << &II << DC << SS->getRange(); 305 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 306 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_typename_missing) 307 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName() 308 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 309 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 310 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc).get(); 311 } else { 312 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 313 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 314 } 315 316 return true; 317} 318 319// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 320// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 321// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 322DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 323 324 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 325 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 326 // the context we'll need to return to. 327 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 328 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 329 330 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 331 // lexical context. 332 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 333 return DC; 334 335 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 336 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 337 // class is the context we need to return to. 338 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 339 DC = RD; 340 341 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 342 // declared in. 343 return DC; 344 } 345 346 // ObjCMethodDecls are parsed (for some reason) outside the context 347 // of the class. 348 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) 349 return DC->getLexicalParent()->getLexicalParent(); 350 351 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 352} 353 354void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 355 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 356 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 357 CurContext = DC; 358 S->setEntity(DC); 359} 360 361void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 362 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 363 364 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 365 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 366} 367 368/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 369/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 370/// 371void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 372 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 373 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 374 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 375 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 376 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 377 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 378 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 379 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 380 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 381 // namespace. 382 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 383 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 384 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 385 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 386 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 387 388 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 389 390#ifndef NDEBUG 391 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 392 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 393 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 394#endif 395 396 CurContext = DC; 397 S->setEntity(DC); 398} 399 400void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 401 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 402 403 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 404 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 405 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 406 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 407 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 408 409 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 410 // disappear. 411} 412 413/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 414/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 415/// 416/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 417/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 418/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 419/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 420/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 421/// attribute. 422static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 423 ASTContext &Context) { 424 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 425 return true; 426 427 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 428 return true; 429 430 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 431 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 432} 433 434/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 435void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 436 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 437 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 438 // scope. 439 while (S->getEntity() && 440 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 441 S = S->getParent(); 442 443 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 444 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 445 // into any context. 446 if (AddToContext) 447 CurContext->addDecl(D); 448 449 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 450 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 451 if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 452 D->isOutOfLine()) 453 return; 454 455 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 456 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 457 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 458 return; 459 460 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 461 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 462 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 463 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 464 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 465 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 466 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 467 468 // Should only need to replace one decl. 469 break; 470 } 471 } 472 473 S->AddDecl(D); 474 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 475} 476 477bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S) { 478 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S); 479} 480 481static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 482 DeclContext*, 483 ASTContext&); 484 485/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 486/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 487static void FilterLookupForScope(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R, 488 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 489 bool ConsiderLinkage) { 490 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 491 while (F.hasNext()) { 492 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 493 494 if (SemaRef.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S)) 495 continue; 496 497 if (ConsiderLinkage && 498 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, SemaRef.Context)) 499 continue; 500 501 F.erase(); 502 } 503 504 F.done(); 505} 506 507static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 508 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 509 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 510 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 511} 512 513/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 514static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 515 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 516 while (F.hasNext()) 517 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 518 F.erase(); 519 520 F.done(); 521} 522 523/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 524/// @code 525/// class S { 526/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 527/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 528/// }; 529/// @endcode 530static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 531 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 532 // the decl here. 533 if (D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 534 return false; 535 536 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 537 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 538 return D->isCopyAssignment(); 539} 540 541bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 542 assert(D); 543 544 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 545 return false; 546 547 // Ignore class templates. 548 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 549 return false; 550 551 // We warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 552 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 553 return false; 554 555 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 556 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 557 return false; 558 559 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 560 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 561 return false; 562 } else { 563 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 564 if (FD->getStorageClass() == FunctionDecl::Static && 565 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 566 return false; 567 } 568 569 if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 570 return !Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD); 571 return true; 572 } 573 574 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 575 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 576 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 577 return false; 578 579 if ( VD->isFileVarDecl() && 580 !VD->getType().isConstant(Context)) 581 return !Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD); 582 } 583 584 return false; 585 } 586 587 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 588 if (!D) 589 return; 590 591 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 592 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 593 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 594 return; // First should already be in the vector. 595 } 596 597 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 598 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 599 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 600 return; // First should already be in the vector. 601 } 602 603 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 604 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 605 } 606 607static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 608 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 609 return false; 610 611 if (D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 612 return false; 613 614 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 615 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 616 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 617 return false; 618 619 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 620 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 621 622 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 623 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 624 625 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 626 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 627 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 628 return false; 629 } 630 631 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 632 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 633 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 634 return false; 635 636 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 637 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 638 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 639 return false; 640 641 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 642 // FIXME: Checking for the presence of a user-declared constructor 643 // isn't completely accurate; we'd prefer to check that the initializer 644 // has no side effects. 645 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 646 return false; 647 } 648 } 649 650 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 651 } 652 653 return true; 654} 655 656void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 657 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 658 return; 659 660 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 661 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_exception_param) 662 << D->getDeclName(); 663 else 664 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_variable) 665 << D->getDeclName(); 666} 667 668void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 669 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 670 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 671 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 672 673 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 674 I != E; ++I) { 675 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 676 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 677 678 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 679 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 680 681 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 682 683 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 684 if (S->getNumErrorsAtStart() == getDiagnostics().getNumErrors()) 685 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 686 687 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 688 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 689 } 690} 691 692/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 693/// 694/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 695/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 696/// to the fixed name. 697/// 698/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 699/// 700/// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 701/// if there is no class with the given name. 702/// 703/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 704/// class could not be found. 705ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 706 SourceLocation IdLoc, 707 bool TypoCorrection) { 708 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 709 // creation from this context. 710 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 711 712 if (!IDecl && TypoCorrection) { 713 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 714 // find an Objective-C class name. 715 LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 716 if (CorrectTypo(R, TUScope, 0, 0, false, CTC_NoKeywords) && 717 (IDecl = R.getAsSingle<ObjCInterfaceDecl>())) { 718 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 719 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 720 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 721 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 722 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 723 724 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 725 } 726 } 727 728 return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 729} 730 731/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 732/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 733/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 734/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 735/// ill-formed in C++: 736/// @code 737/// struct S6 { 738/// enum { BAR } e; 739/// }; 740/// 741/// void test_S6() { 742/// struct S6 a; 743/// a.e = BAR; 744/// } 745/// @endcode 746/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 747/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 748/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 749/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 750/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 751/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 752/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 753/// contain non-field names. 754Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 755 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 756 (S->getEntity() && 757 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 758 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) 759 S = S->getParent(); 760 return S; 761} 762 763void Sema::InitBuiltinVaListType() { 764 if (!Context.getBuiltinVaListType().isNull()) 765 return; 766 767 IdentifierInfo *VaIdent = &Context.Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"); 768 NamedDecl *VaDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, VaIdent, SourceLocation(), 769 LookupOrdinaryName, ForRedeclaration); 770 TypedefDecl *VaTypedef = cast<TypedefDecl>(VaDecl); 771 Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(VaTypedef)); 772} 773 774/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 775/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 776/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 777/// built-in. 778NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 779 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 780 SourceLocation Loc) { 781 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 782 783 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.hasVAListUse(BID)) 784 InitBuiltinVaListType(); 785 786 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 787 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 788 switch (Error) { 789 case ASTContext::GE_None: 790 // Okay 791 break; 792 793 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 794 if (ForRedeclaration) 795 Diag(Loc, diag::err_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 796 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 797 return 0; 798 799 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 800 if (ForRedeclaration) 801 Diag(Loc, diag::err_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 802 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 803 return 0; 804 } 805 806 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 807 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 808 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 809 << R; 810 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 811 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 812 != Diagnostic::Ignored) 813 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 814 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 815 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 816 } 817 818 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 819 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 820 Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 821 FunctionDecl::Extern, 822 FunctionDecl::None, false, 823 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 824 New->setImplicit(); 825 826 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 827 // FunctionDecl. 828 if (FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 829 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 830 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 831 Params.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 0, 832 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 833 VarDecl::None, VarDecl::None, 0)); 834 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 835 } 836 837 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 838 839 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 840 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 841 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 842 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 843 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 844 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 845 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 846 CurContext = SavedContext; 847 return New; 848} 849 850/// MergeTypeDefDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 851/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 852/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 853/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 854/// 855void Sema::MergeTypeDefDecl(TypedefDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 856 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 857 // merging checks. 858 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 859 860 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 861 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 862 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { 863 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 864 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 865 default: break; 866 case 2: 867 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 868 break; 869 Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 870 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 871 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 872 return; 873 case 5: 874 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 875 break; 876 Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 877 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 878 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 879 return; 880 case 3: 881 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 882 break; 883 Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 884 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 885 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 886 return; 887 case 8: 888 if (!TypeID->isStr("Protocol")) 889 break; 890 Context.setObjCProtoType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 891 return; 892 } 893 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 894 } 895 896 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 897 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 898 if (!Old) { 899 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 900 << New->getDeclName(); 901 902 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 903 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 904 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 905 906 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 907 } 908 909 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 910 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 911 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 912 913 // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics. 914 QualType OldType; 915 if (TypedefDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Old)) 916 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 917 else 918 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 919 920 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 921 // with any extensions enabled. 922 923 if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() && 924 Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) != 925 Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) { 926 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 927 << New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType; 928 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 929 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 930 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 931 } 932 933 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 934 // declaration was a typedef. 935 // FIXME: this is a potential source of wierdness if the type 936 // spellings don't match exactly. 937 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(Old)) 938 New->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<TypedefDecl>(Old)); 939 940 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 941 return; 942 943 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 944 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 945 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 946 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 947 // to the type to which it already refers. 948 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 949 return; 950 951 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 952 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 953 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 954 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 955 // 956 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 957 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 958 // 959 // struct S { 960 // typedef struct A { } A; 961 // }; 962 // 963 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 964 // allow the above but disallow 965 // 966 // struct S { 967 // typedef int I; 968 // typedef int I; 969 // }; 970 // 971 // since that was the intent of DR56. 972 if (!isa<TypedefDecl >(Old)) 973 return; 974 975 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 976 << New->getDeclName(); 977 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 978 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 979 } 980 981 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 982 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 983 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 984 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 985 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 986 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 987 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 988 return; 989 990 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 991 << New->getDeclName(); 992 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 993 return; 994} 995 996/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 997/// attribute. 998static bool 999DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1000 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1001 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1002 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1003 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1004 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1005 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1006 return true; 1007 } 1008 1009 return false; 1010} 1011 1012/// MergeDeclAttributes - append attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1013static void MergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, ASTContext &C) { 1014 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 1015 return; 1016 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1017 // we process them. 1018 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 1019 New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1020 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = Old->attr_begin(), e = Old->attr_end(); i != e; 1021 ++i) { 1022 // FIXME: Make this more general than just checking for Overloadable. 1023 if (!DeclHasAttr(New, *i) && (*i)->getKind() != attr::Overloadable) { 1024 Attr *NewAttr = (*i)->clone(C); 1025 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 1026 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 1027 } 1028 } 1029} 1030 1031namespace { 1032 1033/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1034/// C. 1035struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1036 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1037 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1038 QualType PromotedType; 1039}; 1040 1041} 1042 1043/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1044Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1045 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1046 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1047 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1048 1049 return Sema::CXXConstructor; 1050 } 1051 1052 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) 1053 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1054 1055 assert(MD->isCopyAssignment() && "Must have copy assignment operator"); 1056 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1057} 1058 1059/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1060/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1061/// GNU89 mode. 1062static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1063 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1064 return (LangOpts.GNUMode && !LangOpts.C99 && !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1065 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1066 FD->getStorageClass() == FunctionDecl::Extern); 1067} 1068 1069/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1070/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1071/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1072/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1073/// 1074/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1075/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1076/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1077/// merged with. 1078/// 1079/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1080bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { 1081 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1082 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1083 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1084 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1085 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1086 else 1087 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1088 if (!Old) { 1089 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1090 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1091 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1092 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1093 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1094 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1095 return true; 1096 } 1097 1098 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1099 << New->getDeclName(); 1100 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1101 return true; 1102 } 1103 1104 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 1105 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 1106 diag::kind PrevDiag; 1107 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 1108 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 1109 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 1110 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 1111 else 1112 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 1113 1114 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 1115 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1116 1117 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 1118 // is an extern inline function. 1119 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 1120 New->getStorageClass() == FunctionDecl::Static && 1121 Old->getStorageClass() != FunctionDecl::Static && 1122 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) { 1123 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 1124 << New; 1125 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1126 return true; 1127 } 1128 1129 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 1130 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 1131 // calling convention of the first. 1132 // 1133 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 1134 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 1135 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 1136 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 1137 // because it is the default calling convention. 1138 // 1139 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 1140 // other tests to run. 1141 const FunctionType *OldType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1142 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1143 const FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 1144 const FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 1145 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default && 1146 NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 1147 NewQType = Context.getCallConvType(NewQType, OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 1148 New->setType(NewQType); 1149 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(NewQType); 1150 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 1151 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 1152 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 1153 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 1154 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 1155 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 1156 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 1157 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 1158 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1159 return true; 1160 } 1161 1162 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 1163 if (OldType->getNoReturnAttr() && !NewType->getNoReturnAttr()) { 1164 NewQType = Context.getNoReturnType(NewQType); 1165 New->setType(NewQType); 1166 assert(NewQType.isCanonical()); 1167 } 1168 1169 // Merge regparm attribute. 1170 if (OldType->getRegParmType() != NewType->getRegParmType()) { 1171 if (NewType->getRegParmType()) { 1172 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 1173 << NewType->getRegParmType() 1174 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 1175 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1176 return true; 1177 } 1178 1179 NewQType = Context.getRegParmType(NewQType, OldType->getRegParmType()); 1180 New->setType(NewQType); 1181 assert(NewQType.isCanonical()); 1182 } 1183 1184 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1185 // (C++98 13.1p2): 1186 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 1187 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 1188 // cannot be overloaded. 1189 QualType OldReturnType 1190 = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 1191 QualType NewReturnType 1192 = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 1193 QualType ResQT; 1194 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 1195 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1196 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 1197 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 1198 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 1199 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 1200 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1201 return true; 1202 } 1203 else 1204 NewQType = ResQT; 1205 } 1206 1207 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 1208 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 1209 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 1210 // Preserve triviality. 1211 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 1212 1213 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 1214 1215 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 1216 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 1217 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 1218 // is a static member function declaration. 1219 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 1220 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 1221 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1222 return true; 1223 } 1224 1225 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1226 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 1227 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 1228 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 1229 unsigned NewDiag; 1230 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 1231 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 1232 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 1233 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 1234 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 1235 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 1236 else 1237 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 1238 1239 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 1240 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1241 1242 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 1243 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 1244 // 1245 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 1246 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 1247 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 1248 if (isFriend) { 1249 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 1250 } else { 1251 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1252 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 1253 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1254 return true; 1255 } 1256 } 1257 } 1258 1259 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 1260 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 1261 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 1262 // attributes should be ignored when comparing. 1263 if (Context.getNoReturnType(OldQType, false) == 1264 Context.getNoReturnType(NewQType, false)) 1265 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1266 1267 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 1268 } 1269 1270 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 1271 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 1272 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1273 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 1274 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1275 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1276 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 1277 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 1278 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 1279 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 1280 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 1281 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 1282 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1283 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 1284 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 1285 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 1286 OldProto->isVariadic(), 1287 OldProto->getTypeQuals(), 1288 false, false, 0, 0, 1289 OldProto->getExtInfo()); 1290 New->setType(NewQType); 1291 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 1292 1293 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 1294 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1295 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 1296 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1297 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 1298 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 1299 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 1300 SourceLocation(), 0, 1301 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 1302 VarDecl::None, VarDecl::None, 1303 0); 1304 Param->setImplicit(); 1305 Params.push_back(Param); 1306 } 1307 1308 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1309 } 1310 1311 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1312 } 1313 1314 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 1315 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 1316 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 1317 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 1318 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 1319 // the prototype. 1320 // 1321 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 1322 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 1323 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 1324 // C99 6.9.1p8. 1325 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1326 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 1327 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 1328 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 1329 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 1330 llvm::SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 1331 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 1332 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1333 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 1334 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1335 1336 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 1337 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 1338 NewProto->getResultType()); 1339 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 1340 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 1341 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 1342 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 1343 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 1344 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1345 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 1346 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1347 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1348 NewParm->getType(), 1349 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 1350 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 1351 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 1352 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 1353 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1354 } else 1355 LooseCompatible = false; 1356 } 1357 1358 if (LooseCompatible) { 1359 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 1360 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 1361 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 1362 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 1363 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 1364 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 1365 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 1366 diag::note_previous_declaration); 1367 } 1368 1369 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 1370 ArgTypes.size(), 1371 OldProto->isVariadic(), 0, 1372 false, false, 0, 0, 1373 OldProto->getExtInfo())); 1374 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1375 } 1376 1377 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 1378 } 1379 1380 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 1381 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 1382 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 1383 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 1384 // signature. 1385 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 1386 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 1387 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 1388 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 1389 // library built-in. 1390 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 1391 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 1392 << Old << Old->getType(); 1393 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 1394 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 1395 return false; 1396 } 1397 1398 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 1399 } 1400 1401 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 1402 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1403 return true; 1404} 1405 1406/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 1407/// known to be compatible. 1408/// 1409/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 1410/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 1411/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 1412/// redeclaration of Old. 1413/// 1414/// \returns false 1415bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) { 1416 // Merge the attributes 1417 MergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1418 1419 // Merge the storage class. 1420 if (Old->getStorageClass() != FunctionDecl::Extern && 1421 Old->getStorageClass() != FunctionDecl::None) 1422 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1423 1424 // Merge "pure" flag. 1425 if (Old->isPure()) 1426 New->setPure(); 1427 1428 // Merge the "deleted" flag. 1429 if (Old->isDeleted()) 1430 New->setDeleted(); 1431 1432 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1433 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old); 1434 1435 return false; 1436} 1437 1438/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 1439/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 1440/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1441/// 1442/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 1443/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 1444/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 1445/// 1446void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 1447 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 1448 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 1449 return; 1450 1451 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 1452 VarDecl *Old = 0; 1453 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 1454 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 1455 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1456 << New->getDeclName(); 1457 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 1458 diag::note_previous_definition); 1459 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1460 } 1461 1462 MergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1463 1464 // Merge the types 1465 QualType MergedT; 1466 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1467 if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) 1468 MergedT = New->getType(); 1469 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 1470 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 1471 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 1472 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 1473 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 1474 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 1475 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 1476 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1477 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1478 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1479 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1480 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1481 MergedT = New->getType(); 1482 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 1483 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 1484 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1485 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1486 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1487 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1488 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1489 MergedT = Old->getType(); 1490 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1491 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 1492 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 1493 } 1494 } else { 1495 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 1496 } 1497 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 1498 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 1499 << New->getDeclName(); 1500 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1501 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1502 } 1503 New->setType(MergedT); 1504 1505 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 1506 if (New->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Static && 1507 (Old->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 1508 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 1509 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1510 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1511 } 1512 // C99 6.2.2p4: 1513 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 1514 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 1515 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 1516 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 1517 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 1518 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 1519 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 1520 // identifier has external linkage. 1521 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 1522 /* Okay */; 1523 else if (New->getStorageClass() != VarDecl::Static && 1524 Old->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Static) { 1525 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 1526 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1527 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1528 } 1529 1530 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 1531 1532 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 1533 // need to check for mismatches. 1534 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 1535 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 1536 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 1537 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 1538 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 1539 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1540 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1541 } 1542 1543 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 1544 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 1545 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1546 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 1547 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 1548 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1549 } 1550 1551 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 1552 const VarDecl *Def; 1553 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1554 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 1555 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 1556 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1557 << New->getDeclName(); 1558 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1559 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1560 return; 1561 } 1562 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 1563 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 1564 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 1565 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 1566 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 1567 // specified at the prior declaration. 1568 // FIXME. revisit this code. 1569 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 1570 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 1571 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 1572 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1573 1574 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 1575 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 1576 1577 // Inherit access appropriately. 1578 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 1579} 1580 1581/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 1582/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 1583Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1584 DeclSpec &DS) { 1585 // FIXME: Error on auto/register at file scope 1586 // FIXME: Error on inline/virtual/explicit 1587 // FIXME: Warn on useless __thread 1588 // FIXME: Warn on useless const/volatile 1589 // FIXME: Warn on useless static/extern/typedef/private_extern/mutable 1590 // FIXME: Warn on useless attributes 1591 Decl *TagD = 0; 1592 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 1593 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 1594 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 1595 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 1596 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 1597 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 1598 1599 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 1600 return 0; 1601 1602 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 1603 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 1604 // it's a Type. 1605 Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 1606 } 1607 1608 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 1609 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 1610 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 1611 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 1612 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 1613 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 1614 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1615 } 1616 1617 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 1618 // If we're dealing with a class template decl, assume that the 1619 // template routines are handling it. 1620 if (TagD && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 1621 return 0; 1622 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0)); 1623 } 1624 1625 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1626 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, DS.getAttributes()); 1627 1628 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isDefinition() && 1629 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 1630 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 1631 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 1632 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 1633 1634 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1635 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1636 } 1637 1638 // Microsoft allows unnamed struct/union fields. Don't complain 1639 // about them. 1640 // FIXME: Should we support Microsoft's extensions in this area? 1641 if (Record->getDeclName() && getLangOptions().Microsoft) 1642 return Tag; 1643 } 1644 1645 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1646 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 1647 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 1648 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 1649 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 1650 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1651 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1652 1653 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk() && 1654 DS.getTypeSpecType() != DeclSpec::TST_error) { 1655 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 1656 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 1657 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 1658 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 1659 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 1660 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1661 return Tag; 1662 } 1663 1664 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1665 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1666 } 1667 1668 return TagD; 1669} 1670 1671/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 1672/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 1673/// 1674/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 1675static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 1676 Scope *S, 1677 DeclContext *Owner, 1678 DeclarationName Name, 1679 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1680 unsigned diagnostic) { 1681 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 1682 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 1683 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 1684 1685 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1686 return false; 1687 1688 // Pick a representative declaration. 1689 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1690 if (PrevDecl && Owner->isRecord()) { 1691 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Owner); 1692 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 1693 return false; 1694 } 1695 1696 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 1697 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1698 1699 return true; 1700} 1701 1702/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 1703/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 1704/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 1705/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 1706/// struct, e.g., 1707/// 1708/// @code 1709/// union { 1710/// int i; 1711/// float f; 1712/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 1713/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 1714/// @endcode 1715/// 1716/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 1717/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 1718static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 1719 DeclContext *Owner, 1720 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 1721 AccessSpecifier AS) { 1722 unsigned diagKind 1723 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 1724 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 1725 1726 bool Invalid = false; 1727 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator F = AnonRecord->field_begin(), 1728 FEnd = AnonRecord->field_end(); 1729 F != FEnd; ++F) { 1730 if ((*F)->getDeclName()) { 1731 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, (*F)->getDeclName(), 1732 (*F)->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 1733 // C++ [class.union]p2: 1734 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 1735 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 1736 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 1737 Invalid = true; 1738 } else { 1739 // C++ [class.union]p2: 1740 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 1741 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 1742 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 1743 // anonymous union is declared. 1744 Owner->makeDeclVisibleInContext(*F); 1745 S->AddDecl(*F); 1746 SemaRef.IdResolver.AddDecl(*F); 1747 1748 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 1749 if (AS != AS_none) (*F)->setAccess(AS); 1750 } 1751 } else if (const RecordType *InnerRecordType 1752 = (*F)->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1753 RecordDecl *InnerRecord = InnerRecordType->getDecl(); 1754 if (InnerRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 1755 Invalid = Invalid || 1756 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(SemaRef, S, Owner, 1757 InnerRecord, AS); 1758 } 1759 } 1760 1761 return Invalid; 1762} 1763 1764/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 1765/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 1766/// illegal input values are mapped to VarDecl::None. 1767static VarDecl::StorageClass 1768StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 1769 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 1770 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return VarDecl::None; 1771 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return VarDecl::Extern; 1772 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return VarDecl::Static; 1773 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return VarDecl::Auto; 1774 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return VarDecl::Register; 1775 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return VarDecl::PrivateExtern; 1776 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 1777 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 1778 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return VarDecl::None; 1779 } 1780 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 1781} 1782 1783/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 1784/// a FunctionDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 1785/// illegal input values are mapped to FunctionDecl::None. 1786static FunctionDecl::StorageClass 1787StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 1788 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 1789 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return FunctionDecl::None; 1790 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return FunctionDecl::Extern; 1791 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return FunctionDecl::Static; 1792 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return FunctionDecl::PrivateExtern; 1793 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 1794 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 1795 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 1796 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 1797 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return FunctionDecl::None; 1798 } 1799 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 1800} 1801 1802/// ActOnAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 1803/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 1804/// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures 1805/// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension. 1806Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1807 AccessSpecifier AS, 1808 RecordDecl *Record) { 1809 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 1810 1811 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 1812 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1813 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 1814 else if (!Record->isUnion()) 1815 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct); 1816 1817 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 1818 // structs/unions. 1819 bool Invalid = false; 1820 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1821 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 1822 unsigned DiagID; 1823 // C++ [class.union]p3: 1824 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 1825 // global namespace shall be declared static. 1826 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 1827 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 1828 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 1829 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 1830 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static); 1831 Invalid = true; 1832 1833 // Recover by adding 'static'. 1834 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 1835 PrevSpec, DiagID); 1836 } 1837 // C++ [class.union]p3: 1838 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 1839 // anonymous union in a class scope. 1840 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 1841 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 1842 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 1843 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec); 1844 Invalid = true; 1845 1846 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 1847 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, SourceLocation(), 1848 PrevSpec, DiagID); 1849 } 1850 1851 // C++ [class.union]p2: 1852 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 1853 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 1854 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 1855 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 1856 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 1857 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 1858 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 1859 // C++ [class.union]p3: 1860 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 1861 // members (clause 11). 1862 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 1863 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 1864 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 1865 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 1866 Invalid = true; 1867 } 1868 1869 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 1870 Invalid = true; 1871 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 1872 // Any implicit members are fine. 1873 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 1874 // This is a type that showed up in an 1875 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 1876 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 1877 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 1878 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 1879 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 1880 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 1881 // This is a nested type declaration. 1882 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 1883 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 1884 Invalid = true; 1885 } 1886 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 1887 // Any access specifier is fine. 1888 } else { 1889 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 1890 // member. Complain about it. 1891 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 1892 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 1893 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 1894 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 1895 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 1896 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 1897 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 1898 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 1899 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 1900 Invalid = true; 1901 } 1902 } 1903 } 1904 1905 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 1906 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 1907 << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 1908 Invalid = true; 1909 } 1910 1911 // Mock up a declarator. 1912 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 1913 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 1914 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 1915 1916 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 1917 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 1918 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 1919 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, Record->getLocation(), 1920 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 1921 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 1922 TInfo, 1923 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 1924 Anon->setAccess(AS); 1925 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1926 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 1927 if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->isEmpty()) 1928 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(OwningClass)->setEmpty(false); 1929 } 1930 } else { 1931 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 1932 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 1933 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 1934 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 1935 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 1936 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 1937 // an error here 1938 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 1939 Invalid = true; 1940 SC = VarDecl::None; 1941 } 1942 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 1943 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 1944 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 1945 1946 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, Record->getLocation(), 1947 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 1948 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 1949 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 1950 } 1951 Anon->setImplicit(); 1952 1953 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 1954 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 1955 // its members. 1956 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 1957 1958 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 1959 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 1960 // purposes. 1961 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS)) 1962 Invalid = true; 1963 1964 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 1965 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 1966 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 1967 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 1968 // builds its lookup table, and once by 1969 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 1970 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 1971 1972 if (Invalid) 1973 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 1974 1975 return Anon; 1976} 1977 1978 1979/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 1980/// given Declarator. 1981DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 1982 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 1983} 1984 1985/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 1986DeclarationNameInfo 1987Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 1988 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 1989 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 1990 1991 switch (Name.getKind()) { 1992 1993 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 1994 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 1995 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 1996 return NameInfo; 1997 1998 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 1999 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2000 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 2001 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2002 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 2003 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 2004 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 2005 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 2006 return NameInfo; 2007 2008 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 2009 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 2010 Name.Identifier)); 2011 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2012 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 2013 return NameInfo; 2014 2015 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 2016 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2017 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 2018 if (Ty.isNull()) 2019 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2020 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 2021 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2022 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2023 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2024 return NameInfo; 2025 } 2026 2027 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 2028 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2029 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 2030 if (Ty.isNull()) 2031 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2032 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2033 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2034 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2035 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2036 return NameInfo; 2037 } 2038 2039 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 2040 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 2041 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 2042 // to find the actual type being constructed. 2043 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 2044 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 2045 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2046 2047 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 2048 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 2049 2050 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 2051 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 2052 // was qualified. 2053 2054 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2055 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 2056 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2057 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 2058 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 2059 return NameInfo; 2060 } 2061 2062 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 2063 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2064 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 2065 if (Ty.isNull()) 2066 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2067 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 2068 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2069 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2070 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2071 return NameInfo; 2072 } 2073 2074 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 2075 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 2076 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 2077 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 2078 } 2079 2080 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 2081 2082 assert(false && "Unknown name kind"); 2083 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2084} 2085 2086/// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions 2087/// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic 2088/// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line 2089/// function definition doesn't match any declaration within 2090/// the class or namespace. 2091static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext &Context, 2092 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 2093 FunctionDecl *Definition) { 2094 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 2095 return false; 2096 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 2097 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2098 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2099 2100 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamTy.getNonReferenceType(), 2101 DefParamTy.getNonReferenceType())) 2102 return false; 2103 } 2104 2105 return true; 2106} 2107 2108/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 2109/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 2110/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 2111/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 2112/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 2113static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 2114 DeclarationName Name) { 2115 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 2116 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 2117 // - types which will become injected class names 2118 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 2119 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 2120 // few cases here. 2121 2122 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 2123 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 2124 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 2125 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 2126 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: { 2127 // Grab the type from the parser. 2128 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 2129 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 2130 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 2131 2132 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 2133 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 2134 // attached already. 2135 if (!TSI) 2136 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 2137 2138 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 2139 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 2140 if (!TSI) return true; 2141 2142 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 2143 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 2144 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 2145 break; 2146 } 2147 2148 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 2149 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2150 OwningExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 2151 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 2152 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 2153 break; 2154 } 2155 2156 default: 2157 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 2158 break; 2159 } 2160 2161 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 2162 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 2163 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 2164 2165 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 2166 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 2167 // pointer. 2168 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 2169 continue; 2170 2171 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 2172 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 2173 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 2174 return true; 2175 } 2176 2177 return false; 2178} 2179 2180Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 2181 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 2182 bool IsFunctionDefinition) { 2183 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 2184 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 2185 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 2186 2187 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 2188 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 2189 if (!Name) { 2190 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 2191 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2192 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 2193 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 2194 return 0; 2195 } 2196 2197 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 2198 // we find one that is. 2199 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 2200 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 2201 S = S->getParent(); 2202 2203 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 2204 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 2205 D.setInvalidType(); 2206 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2207 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 2208 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 2209 if (!DC) { 2210 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 2211 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 2212 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 2213 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 2214 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2215 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 2216 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 2217 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2218 return 0; 2219 } 2220 2221 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 2222 2223 if (!IsDependentContext && 2224 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 2225 return 0; 2226 2227 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 2228 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2229 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 2230 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2231 D.setInvalidType(); 2232 } 2233 2234 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 2235 // declaration in the current instantiation. 2236 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 2237 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 2238 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 2239 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 2240 D.setInvalidType(); 2241 } 2242 } 2243 2244 NamedDecl *New; 2245 2246 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 2247 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 2248 2249 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 2250 ForRedeclaration); 2251 2252 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 2253 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2254 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 2255 2256 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 2257 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 2258 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 2259 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2260 /* Do nothing*/; 2261 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 2262 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 2263 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 2264 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2265 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 2266 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2267 else if (CurContext->getLookupContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 2268 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 2269 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2270 2271 if (IsLinkageLookup) 2272 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 2273 2274 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 2275 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 2276 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 2277 2278 // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for 2279 // out-of-line members. 2280 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 2281 2282 // C++ 7.3.1.2p2: 2283 // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named 2284 // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit 2285 // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being 2286 // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears 2287 // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the 2288 // declarations namespace. 2289 // 2290 // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet 2291 // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually 2292 // the declaration we want to match. For example, given: 2293 // 2294 // class X { 2295 // void f(); 2296 // void f(float); 2297 // }; 2298 // 2299 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 2300 // 2301 // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set 2302 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 2303 // matches. 2304 2305 // First check whether we named the global scope. 2306 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 2307 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 2308 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2309 } else { 2310 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 2311 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 2312 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 2313 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 2314 // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration. 2315 // Emit diagnostic based on current scope. 2316 SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 2317 SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2318 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 2319 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R; 2320 else 2321 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 2322 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R; 2323 D.setInvalidType(); 2324 } 2325 } 2326 } 2327 2328 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 2329 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 2330 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 2331 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 2332 if (DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2333 Previous.getFoundDecl())) 2334 D.setInvalidType(); 2335 2336 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 2337 Previous.clear(); 2338 } 2339 2340 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 2341 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 2342 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 2343 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 2344 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 2345 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2346 Previous.clear(); 2347 2348 bool Redeclaration = false; 2349 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2350 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 2351 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 2352 return 0; 2353 } 2354 2355 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, Redeclaration); 2356 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 2357 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 2358 move(TemplateParamLists), 2359 IsFunctionDefinition, Redeclaration); 2360 } else { 2361 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 2362 move(TemplateParamLists), 2363 Redeclaration); 2364 } 2365 2366 if (New == 0) 2367 return 0; 2368 2369 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 2370 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 2371 if (New->getDeclName() && !(Redeclaration && New->isInvalidDecl())) 2372 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 2373 2374 return New; 2375} 2376 2377/// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array 2378/// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise 2379/// be errors (for GCC compatibility). 2380static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 2381 ASTContext &Context, 2382 bool &SizeIsNegative, 2383 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 2384 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 2385 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 2386 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 2387 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 2388 SizeIsNegative = false; 2389 Oversized = 0; 2390 2391 if (T->isDependentType()) 2392 return QualType(); 2393 2394 QualifierCollector Qs; 2395 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 2396 2397 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 2398 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 2399 QualType FixedType = 2400 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2401 Oversized); 2402 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 2403 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 2404 return Qs.apply(FixedType); 2405 } 2406 2407 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 2408 if (!VLATy) 2409 return QualType(); 2410 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 2411 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 2412 return QualType(); 2413 2414 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; 2415 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 2416 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || 2417 !EvalResult.Val.isInt()) 2418 return QualType(); 2419 2420 // Check whether the array size is negative. 2421 llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); 2422 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 2423 SizeIsNegative = true; 2424 return QualType(); 2425 } 2426 2427 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 2428 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 2429 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 2430 Res); 2431 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 2432 Oversized = Res; 2433 return QualType(); 2434 } 2435 2436 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 2437 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 2438} 2439 2440/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 2441/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 2442void 2443Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 2444 const LookupResult &Previous, 2445 Scope *S) { 2446 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 2447 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 2448 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 2449 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 2450 2451 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 2452 return; 2453 2454 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 2455 2456 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 2457 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 2458 // declaration. 2459 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 2460 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 2461 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 2462 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 2463 S = S->getParent(); 2464 2465 if (S) 2466 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 2467 } 2468} 2469 2470/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 2471/// does not identify a function. 2472void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 2473 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 2474 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 2475 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 2476 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 2477 diag::err_inline_non_function); 2478 2479 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 2480 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 2481 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 2482 2483 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 2484 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 2485 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 2486} 2487 2488NamedDecl* 2489Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 2490 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2491 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 2492 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 2493 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2494 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 2495 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2496 D.setInvalidType(); 2497 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 2498 DC = CurContext; 2499 Previous.clear(); 2500 } 2501 2502 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2503 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 2504 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 2505 } 2506 2507 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 2508 2509 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 2510 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 2511 2512 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 2513 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 2514 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 2515 return 0; 2516 } 2517 2518 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, R, TInfo); 2519 if (!NewTD) return 0; 2520 2521 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 2522 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 2523 2524 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 2525 // then it shall have block scope. 2526 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 2527 // that redeclarations will match. 2528 QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); 2529 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 2530 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 2531 2532 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 2533 bool SizeIsNegative; 2534 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 2535 QualType FixedTy = 2536 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2537 Oversized); 2538 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 2539 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 2540 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy)); 2541 } else { 2542 if (SizeIsNegative) 2543 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 2544 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 2545 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 2546 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 2547 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_array_too_large) 2548 << Oversized.toString(10); 2549 else 2550 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 2551 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 2552 } 2553 } 2554 } 2555 2556 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 2557 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 2558 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false); 2559 if (!Previous.empty()) { 2560 Redeclaration = true; 2561 MergeTypeDefDecl(NewTD, Previous); 2562 } 2563 2564 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 2565 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 2566 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 2567 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getLookupContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 2568 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 2569 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 2570 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 2571 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 2572 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 2573 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 2574 } 2575 2576 return NewTD; 2577} 2578 2579/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 2580/// previous declaration. 2581/// 2582/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 2583/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 2584/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 2585/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 2586/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 2587/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 2588/// 2589/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 2590/// lookup 2591/// 2592/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 2593/// declared. 2594/// 2595/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 2596/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 2597static bool 2598isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 2599 ASTContext &Context) { 2600 if (!PrevDecl) 2601 return 0; 2602 2603 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 2604 return false; 2605 2606 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2607 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 2608 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 2609 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 2610 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 2611 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 2612 // linkage of the previous declaration. 2613 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getLookupContext(); 2614 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2615 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 2616 return false; 2617 else { 2618 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 2619 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 2620 // We found a member function: ignore it. 2621 return false; 2622 else { 2623 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 2624 // previous declarations. 2625 while (!OuterContext->isFileContext()) 2626 OuterContext = OuterContext->getParent(); 2627 while (!PrevOuterContext->isFileContext()) 2628 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getParent(); 2629 2630 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 2631 // isn't the same function. 2632 if (OuterContext->getPrimaryContext() != 2633 PrevOuterContext->getPrimaryContext()) 2634 return false; 2635 } 2636 } 2637 } 2638 2639 return true; 2640} 2641 2642static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 2643 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 2644 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 2645 DD->setQualifierInfo(static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()), 2646 SS.getRange()); 2647} 2648 2649NamedDecl* 2650Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 2651 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2652 LookupResult &Previous, 2653 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 2654 bool &Redeclaration) { 2655 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 2656 2657 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 2658 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2659 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 2660 2661 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 2662 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2663 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2664 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2665 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2666 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2667 // an error here 2668 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2669 D.setInvalidType(); 2670 SC = VarDecl::None; 2671 } 2672 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2673 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2674 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2675 2676 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 2677 if (!II) { 2678 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 2679 << Name.getAsString(); 2680 return 0; 2681 } 2682 2683 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 2684 2685 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 2686 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 2687 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 2688 if (SC == VarDecl::Auto || SC == VarDecl::Register) { 2689 2690 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 2691 // is a GNU extension. 2692 if (SC == VarDecl::Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 2693 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 2694 else 2695 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 2696 D.setInvalidType(); 2697 } 2698 } 2699 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 2700 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 2701 if (SC == VarDecl::Static) { 2702 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 2703 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 2704 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 2705 } else if (SC == VarDecl::None) 2706 SC = VarDecl::Static; 2707 } 2708 if (SC == VarDecl::Static) { 2709 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 2710 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 2711 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2712 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 2713 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 2714 } 2715 } 2716 2717 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 2718 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 2719 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 2720 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParamLists.size(); 2721 bool Invalid = false; 2722 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 2723 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 2724 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2725 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 2726 (TemplateParameterList**)TemplateParamLists.get(), 2727 TemplateParamLists.size(), 2728 /*never a friend*/ false, 2729 isExplicitSpecialization, 2730 Invalid)) { 2731 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 2732 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 2733 2734 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 2735 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 2736 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 2737 << II 2738 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 2739 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 2740 return 0; 2741 } else { 2742 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 2743 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 2744 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 2745 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 2746 << II 2747 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 2748 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 2749 2750 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 2751 } 2752 } 2753 2754 VarDecl *NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2755 II, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2756 2757 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 2758 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 2759 2760 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 2761 2762 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2763 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 2764 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 2765 (TemplateParameterList**)TemplateParamLists.release()); 2766 } 2767 2768 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 2769 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 2770 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 2771 else if (!Context.Target.isTLSSupported()) 2772 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 2773 else 2774 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 2775 } 2776 2777 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 2778 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 2779 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 2780 2781 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 2782 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 2783 2784 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 2785 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 2786 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 2787 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 2788 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 2789 Context, SE->getString())); 2790 } 2791 2792 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 2793 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 2794 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 2795 2796 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 2797 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 2798 // declaration has linkage). 2799 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage()); 2800 2801 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 2802 if (!Previous.empty()) { 2803 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 2804 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 2805 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2806 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 2807 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 2808 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 2809 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2810 Previous.clear(); 2811 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 2812 } 2813 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2814 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 2815 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 2816 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 2817 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2818 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 2819 } 2820 2821 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 2822 2823 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 2824 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 2825 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 2826 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 2827 2828 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2829 // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not 2830 // here. 2831 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 2832 VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 2833 if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) && 2834 Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) { 2835 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2836 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2837 } 2838 } 2839 2840 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 2841 // such variables. 2842 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 2843 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 2844 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 2845 2846 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 2847 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 2848 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 2849 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 2850 2851 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 2852 2853 return NewVD; 2854} 2855 2856/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 2857/// -Wshadow. 2858/// 2859/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 2860/// scope. 2861/// 2862/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 2863/// \param R the lookup of the name 2864/// 2865void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 2866 // Return if warning is ignored. 2867 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow) == Diagnostic::Ignored) 2868 return; 2869 2870 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. The scope might not 2871 // have a DeclContext if (e.g.) we're parsing a function prototype. 2872 DeclContext *NewDC = static_cast<DeclContext*>(S->getEntity()); 2873 if (NewDC && NewDC->isFileContext()) 2874 return; 2875 2876 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 2877 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 2878 return; 2879 2880 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 2881 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 2882 return; 2883 2884 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 2885 2886 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 2887 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 2888 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 2889 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 2890 return; 2891 2892 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 2893 // static data members from base classes? 2894 2895 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 2896 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 2897 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 2898 } 2899 2900 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 2901 unsigned Kind; 2902 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 2903 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 2904 Kind = 3; // field 2905 else 2906 Kind = 2; // static data member 2907 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 2908 Kind = 1; // global 2909 else 2910 Kind = 0; // local 2911 2912 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 2913 2914 // Emit warning and note. 2915 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 2916 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2917} 2918 2919/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 2920void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 2921 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 2922 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 2923 LookupName(R, S); 2924 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 2925} 2926 2927/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 2928/// declaration. 2929/// 2930/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 2931/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 2932/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 2933/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 2934/// that have been instantiated from a template. 2935/// 2936/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 2937void Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 2938 LookupResult &Previous, 2939 bool &Redeclaration) { 2940 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 2941 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 2942 return; 2943 2944 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 2945 2946 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 2947 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 2948 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 2949 } 2950 2951 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 2952 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 2953 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 2954 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 2955 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && (T.getAddressSpace() != 0)) { 2956 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 2957 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 2958 } 2959 2960 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 2961 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 2962 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 2963 2964 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 2965 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 2966 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 2967 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 2968 2969 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 2970 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 2971 bool SizeIsNegative; 2972 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 2973 QualType FixedTy = 2974 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2975 Oversized); 2976 2977 if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 2978 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 2979 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 2980 // int a[10][n]; 2981 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 2982 2983 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 2984 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 2985 << SizeRange; 2986 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Static) 2987 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 2988 << SizeRange; 2989 else 2990 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 2991 << SizeRange; 2992 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 2993 } 2994 2995 if (FixedTy.isNull()) { 2996 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 2997 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 2998 else 2999 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 3000 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3001 } 3002 3003 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3004 NewVD->setType(FixedTy); 3005 } 3006 3007 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 3008 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 3009 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 3010 // declaration with the same name. 3011 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3012 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewVD->getDeclName()); 3013 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3014 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 3015 } 3016 3017 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 3018 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 3019 << T; 3020 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3021 } 3022 3023 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3024 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 3025 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3026 } 3027 3028 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3029 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 3030 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3031 } 3032 3033 // Function pointers and references cannot have qualified function type, only 3034 // function pointer-to-members can do that. 3035 QualType Pointee; 3036 unsigned PtrOrRef = 0; 3037 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 3038 Pointee = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 3039 else if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 3040 Pointee = Ref->getPointeeType(); 3041 PtrOrRef = 1; 3042 } 3043 if (!Pointee.isNull() && Pointee->isFunctionProtoType() && 3044 Pointee->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getTypeQuals() != 0) { 3045 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_pointer) 3046 << PtrOrRef; 3047 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3048 } 3049 3050 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3051 Redeclaration = true; 3052 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 3053 } 3054} 3055 3056/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 3057struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 3058 Sema *S; 3059 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 3060}; 3061 3062/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 3063/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 3064/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 3065static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 3066 CXXBasePath &Path, 3067 void *UserData) { 3068 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 3069 3070 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 3071 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 3072 3073 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 3074 3075 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 3076 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3077 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 3078 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 3079 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 3080 3081 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 3082 } 3083 3084 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 3085 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 3086 ++Path.Decls.first) { 3087 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 3088 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 3089 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 3090 return true; 3091 } 3092 } 3093 3094 return false; 3095} 3096 3097/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 3098/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 3099void Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 3100 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 3101 CXXBasePaths Paths; 3102 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 3103 Data.Method = MD; 3104 Data.S = this; 3105 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 3106 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 3107 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 3108 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 3109 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 3110 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 3111 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD)) 3112 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 3113 } 3114 } 3115 } 3116} 3117 3118NamedDecl* 3119Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3120 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3121 LookupResult &Previous, 3122 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 3123 bool IsFunctionDefinition, bool &Redeclaration) { 3124 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 3125 3126 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3127 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3128 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3129 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = FunctionDecl::None; 3130 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 3131 default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); 3132 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 3133 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 3134 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 3135 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3136 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 3137 D.setInvalidType(); 3138 break; 3139 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = FunctionDecl::None; break; 3140 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = FunctionDecl::Extern; break; 3141 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 3142 if (CurContext->getLookupContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 3143 // C99 6.7.1p5: 3144 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 3145 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 3146 // other than extern 3147 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 3148 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3149 diag::err_static_block_func); 3150 SC = FunctionDecl::None; 3151 } else 3152 SC = FunctionDecl::Static; 3153 break; 3154 } 3155 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = FunctionDecl::PrivateExtern;break; 3156 } 3157 3158 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 3159 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 3160 3161 bool isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3162 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 3163 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 3164 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 3165 3166 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3167 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3168 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3169 3170 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 3171 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 3172 // the class has been completely parsed. 3173 if (!DC->isRecord() && 3174 RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3175 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 3176 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 3177 AbstractReturnType)) 3178 D.setInvalidType(); 3179 3180 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 3181 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 3182 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3183 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 3184 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 3185 D.setInvalidType(); 3186 } 3187 3188 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 3189 FunctionDecl *NewFD; 3190 3191 if (isFriend) { 3192 // C++ [class.friend]p5 3193 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 3194 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 3195 isInline |= IsFunctionDefinition; 3196 } 3197 3198 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 3199 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 3200 assert(DC->isRecord() && 3201 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 3202 3203 R = CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3204 3205 // Create the new declaration 3206 NewFD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create(Context, 3207 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3208 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3209 isExplicit, isInline, 3210 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 3211 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3212 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 3213 if (DC->isRecord()) { 3214 R = CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3215 3216 NewFD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context, 3217 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3218 NameInfo, R, 3219 isInline, 3220 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 3221 NewFD->setTypeSourceInfo(TInfo); 3222 3223 isVirtualOkay = true; 3224 } else { 3225 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 3226 3227 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 3228 // code path. 3229 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3230 Name, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3231 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 3232 D.setInvalidType(); 3233 } 3234 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 3235 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 3236 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3237 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 3238 return 0; 3239 } 3240 3241 CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3242 NewFD = CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3243 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3244 isInline, isExplicit); 3245 3246 isVirtualOkay = true; 3247 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 3248 // If the of the function is the same as the name of the record, then this 3249 // must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 3250 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 3251 // constructor if it has no return type). 3252 // must have an invalid constructor that has a return type 3253 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 3254 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 3255 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 3256 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 3257 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 3258 return 0; 3259 } 3260 3261 bool isStatic = SC == FunctionDecl::Static; 3262 3263 // [class.free]p1: 3264 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 3265 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 3266 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 3267 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 3268 isStatic = true; 3269 3270 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 3271 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 3272 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 3273 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 3274 isStatic = true; 3275 3276 // This is a C++ method declaration. 3277 NewFD = CXXMethodDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3278 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3279 isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline); 3280 3281 isVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 3282 } else { 3283 // Determine whether the function was written with a 3284 // prototype. This true when: 3285 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 3286 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 3287 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 3288 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 3289 bool HasPrototype = 3290 getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 3291 (D.getNumTypeObjects() && D.getTypeObject(0).Fun.hasPrototype) || 3292 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 3293 3294 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, 3295 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3296 HasPrototype); 3297 } 3298 3299 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3300 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3301 3302 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 3303 3304 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 3305 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 3306 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 3307 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3308 3309 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 3310 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 3311 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 3312 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3313 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 3314 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParamLists.size(); 3315 bool Invalid = false; 3316 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 3317 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 3318 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3319 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3320 (TemplateParameterList**)TemplateParamLists.get(), 3321 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3322 isFriend, 3323 isExplicitSpecialization, 3324 Invalid)) { 3325 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 3326 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 3327 3328 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 3329 // This is a function template 3330 3331 // Check that we can declare a template here. 3332 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 3333 return 0; 3334 3335 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 3336 NewFD->getLocation(), 3337 Name, TemplateParams, 3338 NewFD); 3339 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3340 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 3341 } else { 3342 // This is a function template specialization. 3343 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 3344 3345 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 3346 if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 3347 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 3348 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 3349 3350 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 3351 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 3352 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 3353 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 3354 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 3355 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 3356 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 3357 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 3358 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 3359 } 3360 3361 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 3362 << Name << RemoveRange 3363 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 3364 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 3365 } 3366 } 3367 } 3368 3369 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3370 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3371 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 3372 (TemplateParameterList**)TemplateParamLists.release()); 3373 } 3374 3375 if (Invalid) { 3376 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3377 if (FunctionTemplate) 3378 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 3379 } 3380 3381 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 3382 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 3383 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 3384 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 3385 // 3386 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3387 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 3388 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3389 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 3390 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 3391 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 3392 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 3393 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 3394 } else { 3395 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 3396 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 3397 CurClass->setMethodAsVirtual(NewFD); 3398 } 3399 } 3400 3401 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 3402 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function declaration. 3403 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3404 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 3405 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 3406 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 3407 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 3408 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 3409 } 3410 } 3411 3412 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 3413 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 3414 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; see 12.3.1 3415 // and 12.3.2. 3416 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3417 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 3418 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 3419 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3420 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 3421 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 3422 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 3423 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 3424 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 3425 // or conversion function. 3426 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3427 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 3428 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 3429 } 3430 } 3431 3432 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 3433 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage()); 3434 3435 if (isFriend) { 3436 // DC is the namespace in which the function is being declared. 3437 assert((DC->isFileContext() || !Previous.empty()) && 3438 "previously-undeclared friend function being created " 3439 "in a non-namespace context"); 3440 3441 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 3442 if (FunctionTemplate) { 3443 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 3444 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 3445 } 3446 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 3447 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 3448 } 3449 3450 if (SC == FunctionDecl::Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 3451 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 3452 // C++ [class.static]p1: 3453 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 3454 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 3455 // the class. 3456 3457 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 3458 // member function definition. 3459 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3460 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 3461 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3462 } 3463 3464 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 3465 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 3466 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 3467 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 3468 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 3469 SE->getString())); 3470 } 3471 3472 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 3473 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 3474 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3475 if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0) { 3476 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun; 3477 3478 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 3479 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 3480 // single void argument. 3481 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 3482 // already checks for that case. 3483 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 3484 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 3485 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 3486 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 3487 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param); 3488 3489 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 3490 // typedef of void is not permitted. 3491 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 3492 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) 3493 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void); 3494 // FIXME: Leaks decl? 3495 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 3496 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 3497 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 3498 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 3499 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 3500 Params.push_back(Param); 3501 3502 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 3503 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3504 } 3505 } 3506 3507 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 3508 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 3509 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 3510 // parameters for use in the declaration. 3511 // 3512 // @code 3513 // typedef void fn(int); 3514 // fn f; 3515 // @endcode 3516 3517 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 3518 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 3519 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 3520 ParmVarDecl *Param = 3521 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 3522 Params.push_back(Param); 3523 } 3524 } else { 3525 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 3526 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 3527 } 3528 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 3529 NewFD->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 3530 3531 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 3532 // argument list into our AST format. 3533 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 3534 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 3535 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 3536 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 3537 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 3538 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 3539 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, 3540 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 3541 TemplateId->NumArgs); 3542 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 3543 TemplateArgs); 3544 TemplateArgsPtr.release(); 3545 3546 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 3547 3548 if (FunctionTemplate) { 3549 // FIXME: Diagnose function template with explicit template 3550 // arguments. 3551 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 3552 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 3553 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3554 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 3555 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 3556 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 3557 // too few of them). 3558 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 3559 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 3560 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 3561 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3562 "template<> "); 3563 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 3564 } else { 3565 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 3566 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 3567 } 3568 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 3569 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 3570 // wrote something like: 3571 // template <> friend void foo(int); 3572 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 3573 // friend void foo<>(int); 3574 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 3575 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 3576 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 3577 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 3578 } 3579 3580 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 3581 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 3582 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 3583 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 3584 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 3585 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext())) { 3586 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 3587 "friend function specialization without template args"); 3588 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 3589 Previous)) 3590 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3591 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 3592 if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 3593 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 3594 Previous)) 3595 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3596 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 3597 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 3598 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3599 } 3600 3601 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 3602 bool OverloadableAttrRequired = false; // FIXME: HACK! 3603 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization, 3604 Redeclaration, /*FIXME:*/OverloadableAttrRequired); 3605 3606 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 3607 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 3608 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 3609 3610 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 3611 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 3612 : NewFD); 3613 3614 if (isFriend && Redeclaration) { 3615 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 3616 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 3617 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDeclaration()->getAccess(); 3618 3619 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 3620 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 3621 3622 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 3623 } 3624 3625 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 3626 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 3627 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 3628 3629 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 3630 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 3631 if (FunctionTemplate) { 3632 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDeclaration(); 3633 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3634 PrevTemplate? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 3635 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate 3636 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 3637 } 3638 3639 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3640 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 3641 if (!Redeclaration && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 3642 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 3643 3644 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 3645 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3646 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 3647 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 3648 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an extension 3649 // for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to generate them. 3650 if (!IsFunctionDefinition && !isFriend && 3651 !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && !isExplicitSpecialization) { 3652 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 3653 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3654 } 3655 if (!Redeclaration && !(isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 3656 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 3657 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 3658 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 3659 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 3660 // 3661 // class X { 3662 // void f() const; 3663 // }; 3664 // 3665 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 3666 // 3667 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 3668 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 3669 // whether the parameter types are references). 3670 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match) 3671 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3672 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3673 3674 LookupResult Prev(*this, Name, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 3675 ForRedeclaration); 3676 LookupQualifiedName(Prev, DC); 3677 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 3678 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 3679 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 3680 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 3681 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Func) && 3682 isNearlyMatchingFunction(Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func), NewFD)) 3683 Diag((*Func)->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 3684 } 3685 } 3686 } 3687 3688 // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes 3689 // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). 3690 // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then, 3691 // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts. 3692 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 3693 3694 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 3695 // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging 3696 if (Redeclaration && Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3697 const FunctionDecl *Def; 3698 FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3699 if (PrevFD && PrevFD->hasBody(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) { 3700 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 3701 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3702 } 3703 } 3704 3705 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 3706 3707 if (OverloadableAttrRequired && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 3708 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 3709 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 3710 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 3711 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 3712 if (!Previous.empty()) 3713 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3714 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 3715 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), Context)); 3716 } 3717 3718 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 3719 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 3720 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 3721 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 3722 << NewFD; 3723 3724 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 3725 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3726 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 3727 0, 0, true, 0, false, false, 0, 0, 3728 FT->getExtInfo()); 3729 NewFD->setType(R); 3730 } 3731 3732 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 3733 // member, set the visibility of this function. 3734 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 3735 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 3736 3737 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 3738 // map of such names. 3739 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 3740 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 3741 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 3742 3743 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 3744 NewFD->setLocEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 3745 3746 if (FunctionTemplate && NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 3747 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 3748 3749 if (FunctionTemplate) 3750 return FunctionTemplate; 3751 3752 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 3753 3754 return NewFD; 3755} 3756 3757/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 3758/// 3759/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 3760/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 3761/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 3762/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 3763/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 3764/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 3765/// via InstantiateDecl). 3766/// 3767/// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is 3768/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 3769/// 3770/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 3771void Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 3772 LookupResult &Previous, 3773 bool IsExplicitSpecialization, 3774 bool &Redeclaration, 3775 bool &OverloadableAttrRequired) { 3776 // If NewFD is already known erroneous, don't do any of this checking. 3777 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3778 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 3779 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 3780 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 3781 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 3782 3783 return; 3784 } 3785 3786 if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 3787 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 3788 // because all functions have linkage. 3789 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 3790 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3791 } 3792 3793 if (NewFD->isMain()) 3794 CheckMain(NewFD); 3795 3796 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 3797 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 3798 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 3799 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 3800 // declaration with the same name. 3801 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3802 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewFD->getDeclName()); 3803 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3804 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 3805 } 3806 3807 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 3808 // the same name, if appropriate. 3809 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3810 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 3811 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 3812 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 3813 // function to the scope. 3814 3815 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 3816 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 3817 Redeclaration = true; 3818 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 3819 } else { 3820 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3821 OverloadableAttrRequired = true; 3822 3823 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 3824 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 3825 case Ovl_Match: 3826 Redeclaration = true; 3827 break; 3828 3829 case Ovl_NonFunction: 3830 Redeclaration = true; 3831 break; 3832 3833 case Ovl_Overload: 3834 Redeclaration = false; 3835 break; 3836 } 3837 } 3838 3839 if (Redeclaration) { 3840 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 3841 // merged. 3842 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) 3843 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3844 3845 Previous.clear(); 3846 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 3847 3848 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 3849 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 3850 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 3851 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 3852 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 3853 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 3854 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 3855 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 3856 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 3857 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 3858 } 3859 3860 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 3861 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 3862 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 3863 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 3864 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 3865 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 3866 } 3867 } else { 3868 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 3869 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 3870 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 3871 } 3872 } 3873 } 3874 3875 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 3876 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3877 // C++-specific checks. 3878 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 3879 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 3880 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 3881 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 3882 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 3883 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 3884 3885 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 3886 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 3887 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 3888 DeclarationName Name 3889 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3890 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 3891// NewFD->getDeclName().dump(); 3892// Name.dump(); 3893 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 3894 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 3895 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3896 } 3897 } 3898 3899 Record->setUserDeclaredDestructor(true); 3900 // C++ [class]p4: A POD-struct is an aggregate class that has [...] no 3901 // user-defined destructor. 3902 Record->setPOD(false); 3903 3904 // C++ [class.dtor]p3: A destructor is trivial if it is an implicitly- 3905 // declared destructor. 3906 // FIXME: C++0x: don't do this for "= default" destructors 3907 Record->setHasTrivialDestructor(false); 3908 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 3909 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 3910 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 3911 } 3912 3913 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 3914 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 3915 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 3916 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 3917 AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method); 3918 } 3919 3920 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 3921 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 3922 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 3923 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3924 3925 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 3926 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 3927 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 3928 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3929 3930 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 3931 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 3932 // during delayed parsing anyway. 3933 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 3934 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 3935 } 3936} 3937 3938void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD) { 3939 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline 3940 // or static is ill-formed. 3941 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 3942 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 3943 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 3944 bool isInline = FD->isInlineSpecified(); 3945 bool isStatic = FD->getStorageClass() == FunctionDecl::Static; 3946 if (isInline || isStatic) { 3947 unsigned diagID = diag::warn_unusual_main_decl; 3948 if (isInline || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3949 diagID = diag::err_unusual_main_decl; 3950 3951 int which = isStatic + (isInline << 1) - 1; 3952 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diagID) << which; 3953 } 3954 3955 QualType T = FD->getType(); 3956 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 3957 const FunctionType* FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3958 3959 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 3960 // TODO: add a replacement fixit to turn the return type into 'int'. 3961 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 3962 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 3963 } 3964 3965 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 3966 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 3967 3968 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 3969 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 3970 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 3971 3972 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 3973 3974 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 3975 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 3976 // getting shifty. 3977 if (nparams == 4 && 3978 Context.Target.getTriple().getOS() == llvm::Triple::Darwin) 3979 HasExtraParameters = false; 3980 3981 if (HasExtraParameters) { 3982 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 3983 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 3984 nparams = 3; 3985 } 3986 3987 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 3988 // if we had some location information about types. 3989 3990 QualType CharPP = 3991 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 3992 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 3993 3994 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 3995 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 3996 3997 bool mismatch = true; 3998 3999 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 4000 mismatch = false; 4001 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 4002 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 4003 // char const ** 4004 // char const * const * 4005 // char * const * 4006 4007 QualifierCollector qs; 4008 const PointerType* PT; 4009 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 4010 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 4011 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 4012 qs.removeConst(); 4013 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 4014 } 4015 } 4016 4017 if (mismatch) { 4018 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 4019 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 4020 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4021 } 4022 } 4023 4024 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4025 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 4026 } 4027} 4028 4029bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 4030 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 4031 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 4032 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 4033 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 4034 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 4035 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 4036 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 4037 // rules there don't matter.) 4038 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 4039 return false; 4040 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 4041 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4042 return true; 4043} 4044 4045void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init) { 4046 AddInitializerToDecl(dcl, init, /*DirectInit=*/false); 4047} 4048 4049/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 4050/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 4051/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 4052void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) { 4053 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 4054 // the initializer. 4055 if (RealDecl == 0) 4056 return; 4057 4058 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 4059 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 4060 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 4061 // Thus this grotesque test. 4062 IntegerLiteral *IL; 4063 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 4064 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 4065 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 4066 else { 4067 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 4068 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 4069 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 4070 } 4071 return; 4072 } 4073 4074 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 4075 if (!VDecl) { 4076 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 4077 RealDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 4078 isa<NamedDecl>(RealDecl)) 4079 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_member_initialization) 4080 << cast<NamedDecl>(RealDecl)->getDeclName(); 4081 else 4082 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 4083 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4084 return; 4085 } 4086 4087 4088 4089 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 4090 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the 4091 // initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 4092 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 4093 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 4094 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 4095 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 4096 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4097 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4098 return; 4099 } 4100 4101 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 4102 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 4103 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4104 AbstractVariableType)) 4105 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4106 4107 const VarDecl *Def; 4108 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 4109 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 4110 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 4111 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4112 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4113 return; 4114 } 4115 4116 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 4117 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 4118 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 4119 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 4120 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 4121 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 4122 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 4123 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 4124 // 4125 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 4126 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 4127 // declaration with an initializer. 4128 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 4129 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 4130 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << VDecl->getDeclName(); 4131 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4132 return; 4133 } 4134 4135 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 4136 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4137 4138 // Capture the variable that is being initialized and the style of 4139 // initialization. 4140 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 4141 4142 // FIXME: Poor source location information. 4143 InitializationKind Kind 4144 = DirectInit? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 4145 Init->getLocStart(), 4146 Init->getLocEnd()) 4147 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 4148 Init->getLocStart()); 4149 4150 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 4151 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 4152 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 4153 if (VDecl->isBlockVarDecl()) { 4154 if (VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { // C99 6.7.8p5 4155 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 4156 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4157 } else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4158 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4159 OwningExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4160 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4161 &DclT); 4162 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4163 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4164 return; 4165 } 4166 4167 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4168 4169 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 4170 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 4171 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4172 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Static) // C99 6.7.8p4. 4173 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 4174 } 4175 } 4176 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 4177 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 4178 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 4179 // 4180 // struct S { 4181 // static const int value = 17; 4182 // }; 4183 4184 // Attach the initializer 4185 VDecl->setInit(Init); 4186 4187 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 4188 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 4189 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 4190 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 4191 QualType T = VDecl->getType(); 4192 if (!T->isDependentType() && 4193 (!Context.getCanonicalType(T).isConstQualified() || 4194 !T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())) { 4195 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_member_initialization) 4196 << VDecl->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 4197 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4198 } else { 4199 // C++ [class.static.data]p4: 4200 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 4201 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition 4202 // can specify a constant-initializer which shall be an 4203 // integral constant expression (5.19). 4204 if (!Init->isTypeDependent() && 4205 !Init->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 4206 // We have a non-dependent, non-integral or enumeration type. 4207 Diag(Init->getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4208 diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_integral_type) 4209 << Init->getType() << Init->getSourceRange(); 4210 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4211 } else if (!Init->isTypeDependent() && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 4212 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 4213 llvm::APSInt Value; 4214 SourceLocation Loc; 4215 if (!Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context, &Loc)) { 4216 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 4217 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4218 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4219 } else if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) 4220 ImpCastExprToType(Init, VDecl->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast); 4221 } 4222 } 4223 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 4224 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Extern && 4225 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 4226 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 4227 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 4228 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4229 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4230 OwningExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4231 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4232 &DclT); 4233 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4234 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4235 return; 4236 } 4237 4238 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4239 } 4240 4241 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 4242 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 4243 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4244 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 4245 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 4246 } 4247 } 4248 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 4249 // completed by the initializer. For example: 4250 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 4251 // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 4252 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) { 4253 VDecl->setType(DclT); 4254 Init->setType(DclT); 4255 } 4256 4257 Init = MaybeCreateCXXExprWithTemporaries(Init); 4258 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 4259 VDecl->setInit(Init); 4260 4261 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4262 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 4263 !VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 4264 VDecl->hasGlobalStorage() && 4265 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, 4266 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())) 4267 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 4268 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4269 4270 // Make sure we mark the destructor as used if necessary. 4271 QualType InitType = VDecl->getType(); 4272 while (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsArrayType(InitType)) 4273 InitType = Context.getBaseElementType(Array); 4274 if (const RecordType *Record = InitType->getAs<RecordType>()) 4275 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VDecl, Record); 4276 } 4277 4278 return; 4279} 4280 4281/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 4282/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 4283/// of sanity. 4284void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 4285 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 4286 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 4287 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 4288 4289 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 4290 if (!VD) return; 4291 4292 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 4293 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 4294 4295 // Require a complete type. 4296 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 4297 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 4298 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4299 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 4300 return; 4301 } 4302 4303 // Require an abstract type. 4304 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 4305 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4306 AbstractVariableType)) { 4307 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 4308 return; 4309 } 4310 4311 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 4312 // though. 4313} 4314 4315void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 4316 bool TypeContainsUndeducedAuto) { 4317 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 4318 if (RealDecl == 0) 4319 return; 4320 4321 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 4322 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 4323 4324 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p3 4325 if (TypeContainsUndeducedAuto) { 4326 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 4327 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 4328 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4329 return; 4330 } 4331 4332 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 4333 case VarDecl::Definition: 4334 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 4335 break; 4336 4337 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 4338 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 4339 // a declaration. 4340 // 4341 // Fall through 4342 4343 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 4344 // It's only a declaration. 4345 4346 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 4347 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 4348 // object shall be complete. 4349 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isBlockVarDecl() && 4350 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 4351 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4352 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 4353 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4354 4355 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 4356 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 4357 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4358 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4359 AbstractVariableType)) 4360 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4361 return; 4362 4363 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 4364 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 4365 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 4366 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 4367 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 4368 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 4369 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 4370 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 4371 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 4372 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 4373 ArrayT->getElementType(), 4374 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 4375 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4376 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Static) { 4377 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 4378 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 4379 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 4380 // NOTE: code such as the following 4381 // static struct s; 4382 // struct s { int a; }; 4383 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 4384 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 4385 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 4386 if (Var->getPreviousDeclaration() == 0) 4387 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4388 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 4389 } 4390 } 4391 4392 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 4393 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 4394 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 4395 return; 4396 } 4397 4398 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 4399 // definitions with incomplete array type. 4400 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 4401 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 4402 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 4403 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4404 return; 4405 } 4406 4407 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 4408 // definitions with reference type. 4409 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 4410 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 4411 << Var->getDeclName() 4412 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 4413 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4414 return; 4415 } 4416 4417 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 4418 // variable with dependent type. 4419 if (Type->isDependentType()) 4420 return; 4421 4422 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 4423 return; 4424 4425 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 4426 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 4427 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4428 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4429 return; 4430 } 4431 4432 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 4433 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4434 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4435 AbstractVariableType)) { 4436 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4437 return; 4438 } 4439 4440 const RecordType *Record 4441 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>(); 4442 if (Record && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 4443 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->isPOD()) { 4444 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 4445 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 4446 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 4447 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 4448 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 4449 // type shall have a user-declared default 4450 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 4451 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 4452 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 4453 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 4454 // program is ill-formed. 4455 // FIXME: DPG thinks it is very fishy that C++0x disables this. 4456 } else { 4457 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 4458 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 4459 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 4460 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) 4461 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4462 4463 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 4464 InitializationKind Kind 4465 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 4466 4467 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 4468 OwningExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4469 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0)); 4470 if (Init.isInvalid()) 4471 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4472 else if (Init.get()) { 4473 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateCXXExprWithTemporaries(Init.takeAs<Expr>())); 4474 4475 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 4476 Var->hasGlobalStorage() && 4477 !Var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 4478 !Var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 4479 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor); 4480 } 4481 } 4482 4483 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Record) 4484 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(Var, Record); 4485 } 4486} 4487 4488Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 4489Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4490 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 4491 llvm::SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 4492 4493 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 4494 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 4495 4496 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 4497 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 4498 Decls.push_back(D); 4499 4500 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, 4501 Decls.data(), Decls.size())); 4502} 4503 4504 4505/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 4506/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 4507Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4508 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 4509 4510 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 4511 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = VarDecl::None; 4512 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = VarDecl::None; 4513 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 4514 StorageClass = VarDecl::Register; 4515 StorageClassAsWritten = VarDecl::Register; 4516 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 4517 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4518 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 4519 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 4520 } 4521 4522 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4523 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4524 4525 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 4526 4527 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 4528 // parameter (C++ only). 4529 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 4530 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4531 4532 TagDecl *OwnedDecl = 0; 4533 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S, &OwnedDecl); 4534 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 4535 4536 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && OwnedDecl && OwnedDecl->isDefinition()) { 4537 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 4538 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 4539 Diag(OwnedDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 4540 << Context.getTypeDeclType(OwnedDecl); 4541 } 4542 4543 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 4544 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 4545 if (II) { 4546 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 4547 ForRedeclaration); 4548 LookupName(R, S); 4549 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 4550 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 4551 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 4552 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4553 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 4554 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4555 PrevDecl = 0; 4556 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 4557 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 4558 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4559 4560 // Recover by removing the name 4561 II = 0; 4562 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4563 D.setInvalidType(true); 4564 } 4565 } 4566 } 4567 4568 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 4569 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 4570 // looking like class members in C++. 4571 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 4572 TInfo, parmDeclType, II, 4573 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4574 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 4575 4576 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4577 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4578 4579 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4580 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4581 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 4582 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4583 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4584 } 4585 4586 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 4587 S->AddDecl(New); 4588 if (II) 4589 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 4590 4591 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 4592 4593 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4594 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 4595 } 4596 return New; 4597} 4598 4599/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 4600/// typedef. 4601ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 4602 SourceLocation Loc, 4603 QualType T) { 4604 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, 0, 4605 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 4606 VarDecl::None, VarDecl::None, 0); 4607 Param->setImplicit(); 4608 return Param; 4609} 4610 4611ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, 4612 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, QualType T, 4613 IdentifierInfo *Name, 4614 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4615 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 4616 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 4617 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, NameLoc, Name, 4618 adjustParameterType(T), TSInfo, 4619 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 4620 0); 4621 4622 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 4623 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 4624 // the class has been completely parsed. 4625 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 4626 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4627 AbstractParamType)) 4628 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4629 4630 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 4631 // passed by reference. 4632 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 4633 Diag(NameLoc, 4634 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T; 4635 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4636 } 4637 4638 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 4639 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 4640 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 4641 // an address space. 4642 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 4643 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 4644 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4645 } 4646 4647 return New; 4648} 4649 4650void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4651 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 4652 assert(D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 4653 "Not a function declarator!"); 4654 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun; 4655 4656 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 4657 // for a K&R function. 4658 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 4659 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 4660 --i; 4661 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 4662 llvm::SmallString<256> Code; 4663 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 4664 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 4665 << ";\n"; 4666 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 4667 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 4668 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 4669 4670 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 4671 // type. 4672 DeclSpec DS; 4673 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 4674 unsigned DiagID; // unused 4675 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 4676 PrevSpec, DiagID); 4677 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 4678 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 4679 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 4680 } 4681 } 4682 } 4683} 4684 4685Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 4686 Declarator &D) { 4687 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 4688 assert(D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 4689 "Not a function declarator!"); 4690 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun; 4691 4692 if (FTI.hasPrototype) { 4693 // FIXME: Diagnose arguments without names in C. 4694 } 4695 4696 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 4697 4698 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, 4699 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), 4700 /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true); 4701 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 4702} 4703 4704static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 4705 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 4706 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 4707 return false; 4708 4709 // Or declarations that aren't global. 4710 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 4711 return false; 4712 4713 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 4714 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 4715 return false; 4716 4717 // Don't warn about 'main'. 4718 if (FD->isMain()) 4719 return false; 4720 4721 // Don't warn about inline functions. 4722 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 4723 return false; 4724 4725 // Don't warn about function templates. 4726 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 4727 return false; 4728 4729 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 4730 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 4731 return false; 4732 4733 bool MissingPrototype = true; 4734 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDeclaration(); 4735 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) { 4736 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 4737 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 4738 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4739 continue; 4740 4741 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 4742 break; 4743 } 4744 4745 return MissingPrototype; 4746} 4747 4748Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 4749 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 4750 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 4751 4752 if (!D) 4753 return D; 4754 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 4755 4756 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 4757 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 4758 else 4759 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 4760 4761 // Enter a new function scope 4762 PushFunctionScope(); 4763 4764 // See if this is a redefinition. 4765 // But don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 4766 // was an extern inline function. 4767 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 4768 if (FD->hasBody(Definition) && 4769 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) { 4770 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 4771 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4772 } 4773 4774 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 4775 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 4776 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 4777 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 4778 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 4779 } 4780 } 4781 4782 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 4783 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 4784 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 4785 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 4786 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 4787 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 4788 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 4789 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 4790 4791 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 4792 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 4793 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 4794 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 4795 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 4796 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 4797 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 4798 4799 if (FnBodyScope) 4800 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 4801 4802 // Check the validity of our function parameters 4803 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD); 4804 4805 bool ShouldCheckShadow = 4806 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow) != Diagnostic::Ignored; 4807 4808 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 4809 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 4810 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 4811 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 4812 4813 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 4814 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 4815 if (ShouldCheckShadow) 4816 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 4817 4818 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 4819 } 4820 } 4821 4822 // Checking attributes of current function definition 4823 // dllimport attribute. 4824 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 4825 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 4826 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 4827 if (!DA->isInherited()) { 4828 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 4829 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 4830 << "dllimport"; 4831 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 4832 return FD; 4833 } 4834 4835 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 4836 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 4837 if (!LangOpts.Microsoft) { 4838 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 4839 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 4840 // emitted. 4841 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 4842 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 4843 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 4844 } 4845 } 4846 return FD; 4847} 4848 4849/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 4850/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 4851/// optimization. 4852/// 4853/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 4854/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 4855/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 4856/// use the named return value optimization. 4857/// 4858/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 4859/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 4860/// the NRVO variable. 4861/// 4862/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 4863/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 4864/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 4865static void ComputeNRVO(Stmt *Body, ReturnStmt **Returns, unsigned NumReturns) { 4866 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 4867 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumReturns; ++I) { 4868 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 4869 return; 4870 4871 if (!NRVOCandidate) 4872 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 4873 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 4874 return; 4875 } 4876 4877 if (NRVOCandidate) 4878 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 4879} 4880 4881Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, StmtArg BodyArg) { 4882 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false); 4883} 4884 4885Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 4886 bool IsInstantiation) { 4887 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 4888 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 4889 if (FunTmpl) 4890 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 4891 else 4892 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 4893 4894 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 4895 4896 if (FD) { 4897 FD->setBody(Body); 4898 if (FD->isMain()) { 4899 // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0. 4900 // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 4901 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 4902 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 4903 } 4904 4905 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4906 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 4907 4908 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 4909 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 4910 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 4911 4912 ComputeNRVO(Body, FunctionScopes.back()->Returns.data(), 4913 FunctionScopes.back()->Returns.size()); 4914 } 4915 4916 assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused"); 4917 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 4918 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 4919 MD->setBody(Body); 4920 MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd()); 4921 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) 4922 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 4923 } else { 4924 return 0; 4925 } 4926 4927 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 4928 4929 // Check goto/label use. 4930 for (llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, LabelStmt*>::iterator 4931 I = getLabelMap().begin(), E = getLabelMap().end(); I != E; ++I) { 4932 LabelStmt *L = I->second; 4933 4934 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 4935 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 4936 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 4937 if (L->getSubStmt() != 0) 4938 continue; 4939 4940 // Emit error. 4941 Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L->getName(); 4942 4943 // At this point, we have gotos that use the bogus label. Stitch it into 4944 // the function body so that they aren't leaked and that the AST is well 4945 // formed. 4946 if (Body == 0) { 4947 // The whole function wasn't parsed correctly. 4948 continue; 4949 } 4950 4951 // Otherwise, the body is valid: we want to stitch the label decl into the 4952 // function somewhere so that it is properly owned and so that the goto 4953 // has a valid target. Do this by creating a new compound stmt with the 4954 // label in it. 4955 4956 // Give the label a sub-statement. 4957 L->setSubStmt(new (Context) NullStmt(L->getIdentLoc())); 4958 4959 CompoundStmt *Compound = isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body) ? 4960 cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)->getTryBlock() : 4961 cast<CompoundStmt>(Body); 4962 llvm::SmallVector<Stmt*, 64> Elements(Compound->body_begin(), 4963 Compound->body_end()); 4964 Elements.push_back(L); 4965 Compound->setStmts(Context, Elements.data(), Elements.size()); 4966 } 4967 4968 if (Body) { 4969 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 4970 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 4971 // Verify this. 4972 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 4973 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 4974 4975 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 4976 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 4977 if (FunctionNeedsScopeChecking() && 4978 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 4979 !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction()) 4980 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 4981 4982 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 4983 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 4984 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 4985 4986 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 4987 Destructor->getParent()); 4988 } 4989 4990 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 4991 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 4992 // deletion in some later function. 4993 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) 4994 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 4995 else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 4996 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 4997 // enabled. 4998 QualType ResultType; 4999 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) { 5000 ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 5001 } 5002 else { 5003 ObjCMethodDecl *MD = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl); 5004 ResultType = MD->getResultType(); 5005 } 5006 AnalysisWarnings.IssueWarnings(WP, dcl); 5007 } 5008 5009 assert(ExprTemporaries.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 5010 } 5011 5012 if (!IsInstantiation) 5013 PopDeclContext(); 5014 5015 PopFunctionOrBlockScope(); 5016 5017 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 5018 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 5019 // deletion in some later function. 5020 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) 5021 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 5022 5023 return dcl; 5024} 5025 5026/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 5027/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 5028NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 5029 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 5030 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 5031 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 5032 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 5033 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 5034 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 5035 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(&II); 5036 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 5037 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 5038 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5039 return Pos->second; 5040 } 5041 5042 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 5043 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 5044 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_builtin_unknown) << &II; 5045 else if (getLangOptions().C99) 5046 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 5047 else 5048 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 5049 5050 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 5051 const char *Dummy; 5052 DeclSpec DS; 5053 unsigned DiagID; 5054 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 5055 Error = Error; // Silence warning. 5056 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 5057 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 5058 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0, 5059 0, 0, false, SourceLocation(), 5060 false, 0,0,0, Loc, Loc, D), 5061 SourceLocation()); 5062 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 5063 5064 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 5065 5066 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 5067 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 5068 5069 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 5070 FD->setImplicit(); 5071 5072 CurContext = PrevDC; 5073 5074 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 5075 5076 return FD; 5077} 5078 5079/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 5080/// the declaration of this function. 5081/// 5082/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 5083/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 5084/// like NSLog or printf. 5085void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 5086 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 5087 return; 5088 5089 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 5090 // actual attributes. 5091 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 5092 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 5093 unsigned FormatIdx; 5094 bool HasVAListArg; 5095 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 5096 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5097 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5098 "printf", FormatIdx+1, 5099 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 5100 } 5101 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 5102 HasVAListArg)) { 5103 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5104 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5105 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 5106 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 5107 } 5108 5109 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 5110 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 5111 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 5112 if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno && 5113 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 5114 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 5115 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5116 } 5117 5118 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(BuiltinID)) 5119 FD->setType(Context.getNoReturnType(FD->getType())); 5120 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID)) 5121 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5122 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID)) 5123 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5124 } 5125 5126 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 5127 if (!Name) 5128 return; 5129 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5130 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 5131 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 5132 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 5133 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 5134 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 5135 // about. 5136 } else 5137 return; 5138 5139 if (Name->isStr("NSLog") || Name->isStr("NSLogv")) { 5140 // FIXME: NSLog and NSLogv should be target specific 5141 if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 5142 // FIXME: We known better than our headers. 5143 const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType(Context, "printf"); 5144 } else 5145 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5146 "printf", 1, 5147 Name->isStr("NSLogv") ? 0 : 2)); 5148 } else if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 5149 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 5150 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 5151 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5152 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5153 "printf", 2, 5154 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 5155 } 5156} 5157 5158TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 5159 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 5160 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 5161 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 5162 5163 if (!TInfo) { 5164 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 5165 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5166 } 5167 5168 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 5169 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 5170 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5171 D.getIdentifier(), 5172 TInfo); 5173 5174 if (const TagType *TT = T->getAs<TagType>()) { 5175 TagDecl *TD = TT->getDecl(); 5176 5177 // If the TagDecl that the TypedefDecl points to is an anonymous decl 5178 // keep track of the TypedefDecl. 5179 if (!TD->getIdentifier() && !TD->getTypedefForAnonDecl()) 5180 TD->setTypedefForAnonDecl(NewTD); 5181 } 5182 5183 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5184 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5185 return NewTD; 5186} 5187 5188 5189/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 5190/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 5191/// 5192/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 5193bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 5194 TagTypeKind NewTag, 5195 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 5196 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 5197 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 5198 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 5199 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 5200 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 5201 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 5202 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 5203 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 5204 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 5205 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 5206 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 5207 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 5208 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 5209 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 5210 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 5211 if (OldTag == NewTag) 5212 return true; 5213 5214 if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) && 5215 (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) { 5216 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 5217 bool isTemplate = false; 5218 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 5219 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 5220 5221 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 5222 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 5223 << isTemplate << &Name 5224 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 5225 OldTag == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct"); 5226 Diag(Previous->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 5227 return true; 5228 } 5229 return false; 5230} 5231 5232/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 5233/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 5234/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 5235/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 5236Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 5237 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5238 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 5239 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 5240 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 5241 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent) { 5242 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 5243 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 5244 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 5245 5246 OwnedDecl = false; 5247 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 5248 5249 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 5250 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5251 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParameterLists.size(); 5252 bool Invalid = false; 5253 if (TUK != TUK_Reference) { 5254 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 5255 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, SS, 5256 (TemplateParameterList**)TemplateParameterLists.get(), 5257 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 5258 TUK == TUK_Friend, 5259 isExplicitSpecialization, 5260 Invalid)) { 5261 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 5262 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 5263 5264 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 5265 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 5266 // be a member of another template). 5267 if (Invalid) 5268 return 0; 5269 5270 OwnedDecl = false; 5271 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 5272 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 5273 TemplateParams, 5274 AS); 5275 TemplateParameterLists.release(); 5276 return Result.get(); 5277 } else { 5278 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 5279 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 5280 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 5281 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 5282 } 5283 } 5284 } 5285 5286 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 5287 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 5288 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 5289 5290 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 5291 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 5292 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 5293 5294 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 5295 5296 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 5297 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 5298 5299 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 5300 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 5301 Name = 0; 5302 goto CreateNewDecl; 5303 } 5304 5305 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 5306 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 5307 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 5308 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 5309 if (!DC) { 5310 IsDependent = true; 5311 return 0; 5312 } 5313 } else { 5314 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 5315 if (!DC) { 5316 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 5317 << SS.getRange(); 5318 return 0; 5319 } 5320 } 5321 5322 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 5323 return 0; 5324 5325 SearchDC = DC; 5326 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 5327 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5328 5329 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 5330 return 0; 5331 5332 if (Previous.empty()) { 5333 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 5334 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 5335 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 5336 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 5337 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 5338 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation()) { 5339 IsDependent = true; 5340 return 0; 5341 } 5342 5343 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 5344 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 5345 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 5346 Name = 0; 5347 Invalid = true; 5348 goto CreateNewDecl; 5349 } 5350 } else if (Name) { 5351 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 5352 // declaration or definition. 5353 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 5354 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 5355 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 5356 LookupName(Previous, S); 5357 5358 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 5359 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 5360 return 0; 5361 5362 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 5363 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 5364 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 5365 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 5366 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 5367 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 5368 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 5369 } 5370 } 5371 5372 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5373 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5374 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5375 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5376 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5377 Previous.clear(); 5378 } 5379 5380 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 5381 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 5382 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 5383 isStdBadAlloc = true; 5384 5385 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 5386 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 5387 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 5388 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 5389 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 5390 } 5391 } 5392 5393 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 5394 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 5395 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 5396 // there's a shadow friend decl. 5397 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 5398 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 5399 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 5400 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 5401 5402 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 5403 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 5404 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 5405 // 5406 // class-key identifier 5407 // 5408 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 5409 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 5410 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 5411 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 5412 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 5413 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 5414 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 5415 // declaration. 5416 // 5417 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 5418 // C structs and unions. 5419 // 5420 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 5421 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 5422 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 5423 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 5424 // 5425 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 5426 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 5427 // 5428 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 5429 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 5430 // lexical context, 5431 while (SearchDC->isRecord()) 5432 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 5433 5434 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 5435 while (S->isClassScope() || 5436 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5437 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 5438 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 5439 (S->getEntity() && 5440 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 5441 S = S->getParent(); 5442 } else { 5443 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 5444 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 5445 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 5446 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 5447 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 5448 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5449 } 5450 5451 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 5452 // diagnose some problems. 5453 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5454 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 5455 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 5456 } 5457 } 5458 5459 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5460 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 5461 5462 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 5463 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 5464 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 5465 // in C++. 5466 // 5467 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 5468 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 5469 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 5470 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 5471 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5472 if (TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 5473 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 5474 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 5475 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 5476 Tag->getDeclContext()->getLookupContext() 5477 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getLookupContext())) { 5478 PrevDecl = Tag; 5479 Previous.clear(); 5480 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 5481 } 5482 } 5483 } 5484 } 5485 5486 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 5487 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 5488 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 5489 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 5490 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 5491 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) { 5492 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 5493 // struct or something similar. 5494 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, KWLoc, *Name)) { 5495 bool SafeToContinue 5496 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 5497 Kind != TTK_Enum); 5498 if (SafeToContinue) 5499 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 5500 << Name 5501 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 5502 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 5503 else 5504 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 5505 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 5506 5507 if (SafeToContinue) 5508 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 5509 else { 5510 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 5511 Name = 0; 5512 Previous.clear(); 5513 Invalid = true; 5514 } 5515 } 5516 5517 if (!Invalid) { 5518 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 5519 5520 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 5521 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 5522 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 5523 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 5524 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && !PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind()) || 5525 TUK == TUK_Friend) 5526 return PrevTagDecl; 5527 5528 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 5529 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 5530 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 5531 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 5532 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 5533 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 5534 if (!isExplicitSpecialization || 5535 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) || 5536 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 5537 == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) { 5538 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 5539 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5540 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 5541 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 5542 // references get the previous definition. 5543 Name = 0; 5544 Previous.clear(); 5545 Invalid = true; 5546 } 5547 } else { 5548 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 5549 // about a nested redefinition. 5550 TagType *Tag = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 5551 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 5552 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 5553 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 5554 diag::note_previous_definition); 5555 Name = 0; 5556 Previous.clear(); 5557 Invalid = true; 5558 } 5559 } 5560 5561 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 5562 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 5563 } 5564 } 5565 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 5566 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 5567 5568 } else { 5569 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 5570 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 5571 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 5572 // have distinct types. 5573 Previous.clear(); 5574 } 5575 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 5576 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 5577 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 5578 5579 5580 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 5581 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 5582 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 5583 } else { 5584 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus); 5585 5586 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 5587 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 5588 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 5589 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 5590 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 5591 unsigned Kind = 0; 5592 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 5593 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 5594 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 5595 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 5596 Invalid = true; 5597 5598 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 5599 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) { 5600 // do nothing 5601 5602 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 5603 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 5604 unsigned Kind = 0; 5605 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 5606 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 5607 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 5608 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 5609 Invalid = true; 5610 5611 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 5612 // case here. 5613 } else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 5614 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 5615 << Name 5616 << cast<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)->getUnderlyingType(); 5617 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 5618 Invalid = true; 5619 5620 // Otherwise, diagnose. 5621 } else { 5622 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 5623 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 5624 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 5625 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5626 Name = 0; 5627 Invalid = true; 5628 } 5629 5630 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 5631 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 5632 Previous.clear(); 5633 } 5634 } 5635 5636CreateNewDecl: 5637 5638 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 5639 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 5640 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5641 5642 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 5643 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 5644 // keyword. 5645 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 5646 5647 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 5648 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 5649 // PrevDecl. 5650 TagDecl *New; 5651 5652 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 5653 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 5654 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 5655 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, 5656 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)); 5657 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 5658 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 5659 TagDecl *Def; 5660 if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 5661 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 5662 << New; 5663 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5664 } else { 5665 Diag(Loc, 5666 getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? diag::err_forward_ref_enum 5667 : diag::ext_forward_ref_enum); 5668 } 5669 } 5670 } else { 5671 // struct/union/class 5672 5673 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 5674 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 5675 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5676 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 5677 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, 5678 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 5679 5680 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 5681 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 5682 } else 5683 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, 5684 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 5685 } 5686 5687 // Maybe add qualifier info. 5688 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 5689 if (SS.isSet()) { 5690 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS 5691 = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()); 5692 New->setQualifierInfo(NNS, SS.getRange()); 5693 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0) { 5694 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5695 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 5696 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 5697 } 5698 } 5699 else 5700 Invalid = true; 5701 } 5702 5703 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 5704 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 5705 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 5706 // 5707 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 5708 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 5709 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 5710 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 5711 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 5712 // parsing of the struct). 5713 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 5714 } 5715 5716 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 5717 // check the specialization. 5718 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 5719 Invalid = true; 5720 5721 if (Invalid) 5722 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5723 5724 if (Attr) 5725 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 5726 5727 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 5728 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 5729 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 5730 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 5731 5732 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 5733 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5734 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5735 5736 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 5737 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 5738 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty()); 5739 5740 // Set the access specifier. 5741 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 5742 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 5743 5744 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 5745 New->startDefinition(); 5746 5747 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 5748 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 5749 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 5750 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 5751 if (PrevDecl) 5752 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 5753 5754 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getLookupContext(); 5755 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 5756 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 5757 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 5758 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 5759 } else if (Name) { 5760 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 5761 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 5762 } else { 5763 CurContext->addDecl(New); 5764 } 5765 5766 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5767 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 5768 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 5769 New->getDeclContext()->getLookupContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 5770 II->isStr("FILE")) 5771 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 5772 5773 OwnedDecl = true; 5774 return New; 5775} 5776 5777void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 5778 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 5779 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 5780 5781 // Enter the tag context. 5782 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 5783} 5784 5785void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 5786 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 5787 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 5788 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 5789 5790 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 5791 5792 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 5793 return; 5794 5795 // C++ [class]p2: 5796 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 5797 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 5798 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 5799 // as if it were a public member name. 5800 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 5801 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), 5802 CurContext, Record->getLocation(), 5803 Record->getIdentifier(), 5804 Record->getTagKeywordLoc(), 5805 Record); 5806 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 5807 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 5808 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 5809 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 5810 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 5811 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 5812 "Broken injected-class-name"); 5813} 5814 5815void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 5816 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 5817 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 5818 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 5819 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 5820 5821 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 5822 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 5823 5824 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 5825 PopDeclContext(); 5826 5827 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 5828 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 5829} 5830 5831void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 5832 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 5833 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 5834 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 5835 5836 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 5837 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 5838 // the FieldCollector. 5839 5840 PopDeclContext(); 5841} 5842 5843// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 5844bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 5845 QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth, 5846 bool *ZeroWidth) { 5847 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 5848 if (ZeroWidth) 5849 *ZeroWidth = true; 5850 5851 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 5852 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 5853 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 5854 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 5855 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 5856 return true; 5857 if (FieldName) 5858 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 5859 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 5860 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 5861 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 5862 } 5863 5864 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 5865 // it now. 5866 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 5867 return false; 5868 5869 llvm::APSInt Value; 5870 if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value)) 5871 return true; 5872 5873 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 5874 *ZeroWidth = false; 5875 5876 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 5877 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 5878 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 5879 5880 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 5881 if (FieldName) 5882 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 5883 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 5884 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 5885 << Value.toString(10); 5886 } 5887 5888 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 5889 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 5890 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 5891 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5892 if (FieldName) 5893 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 5894 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 5895 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 5896 5897 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 5898 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 5899 } 5900 5901 if (FieldName) 5902 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 5903 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 5904 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 5905 else 5906 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 5907 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 5908 } 5909 } 5910 5911 return false; 5912} 5913 5914/// ActOnField - Each field of a struct/union/class is passed into this in order 5915/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 5916Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 5917 SourceLocation DeclStart, 5918 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth) { 5919 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 5920 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 5921 AS_public); 5922 return Res; 5923} 5924 5925/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 5926/// 5927FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 5928 SourceLocation DeclStart, 5929 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 5930 AccessSpecifier AS) { 5931 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 5932 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 5933 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 5934 5935 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 5936 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5937 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 5938 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5939 5940 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 5941 5942 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 5943 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 5944 5945 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 5946 ForRedeclaration); 5947 5948 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 5949 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5950 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 5951 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5952 PrevDecl = 0; 5953 } 5954 5955 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 5956 PrevDecl = 0; 5957 5958 bool Mutable 5959 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 5960 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin(); 5961 FieldDecl *NewFD 5962 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, TSSL, 5963 AS, PrevDecl, &D); 5964 5965 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5966 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 5967 5968 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 5969 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 5970 // with the same name in the same scope. 5971 } else if (II) { 5972 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 5973 } else 5974 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 5975 5976 return NewFD; 5977} 5978 5979/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 5980/// 5981/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 5982/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 5983/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 5984/// created. 5985/// 5986/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 5987/// 5988/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 5989FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 5990 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5991 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 5992 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 5993 SourceLocation TSSL, 5994 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 5995 Declarator *D) { 5996 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5997 bool InvalidDecl = false; 5998 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 5999 6000 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 6001 // marking this declaration as invalid. 6002 if (T.isNull()) { 6003 InvalidDecl = true; 6004 T = Context.IntTy; 6005 } 6006 6007 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 6008 if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && 6009 RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 6010 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 6011 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 6012 InvalidDecl = true; 6013 } 6014 6015 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 6016 // than a variably modified type. 6017 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6018 bool SizeIsNegative; 6019 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6020 QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, 6021 SizeIsNegative, 6022 Oversized); 6023 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 6024 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6025 T = FixedTy; 6026 } else { 6027 if (SizeIsNegative) 6028 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 6029 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 6030 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 6031 << Oversized.toString(10); 6032 else 6033 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 6034 InvalidDecl = true; 6035 } 6036 } 6037 6038 // Fields can not have abstract class types 6039 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 6040 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6041 AbstractFieldType)) 6042 InvalidDecl = true; 6043 6044 bool ZeroWidth = false; 6045 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 6046 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth && 6047 VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth)) { 6048 InvalidDecl = true; 6049 DeleteExpr(BitWidth); 6050 BitWidth = 0; 6051 ZeroWidth = false; 6052 } 6053 6054 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 6055 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 6056 unsigned DiagID = 0; 6057 if (T->isReferenceType()) 6058 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 6059 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 6060 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 6061 6062 if (DiagID) { 6063 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 6064 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 6065 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 6066 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 6067 Mutable = false; 6068 InvalidDecl = true; 6069 } 6070 } 6071 6072 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 6073 BitWidth, Mutable); 6074 if (InvalidDecl) 6075 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6076 6077 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6078 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 6079 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6080 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6081 } 6082 6083 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6084 CXXRecordDecl* CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 6085 6086 if (!T->isPODType()) 6087 CXXRecord->setPOD(false); 6088 if (!ZeroWidth) 6089 CXXRecord->setEmpty(false); 6090 6091 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6092 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 6093 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 6094 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialConstructor()) 6095 CXXRecord->setHasTrivialConstructor(false); 6096 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 6097 CXXRecord->setHasTrivialCopyConstructor(false); 6098 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 6099 CXXRecord->setHasTrivialCopyAssignment(false); 6100 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 6101 CXXRecord->setHasTrivialDestructor(false); 6102 6103 // C++ 9.5p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 6104 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 6105 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 6106 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 6107 // objects. 6108 // TODO: C++0x alters this restriction significantly. 6109 if (Record->isUnion() && CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 6110 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6111 } 6112 } 6113 } 6114 6115 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 6116 // representation, not a parser representation. 6117 if (D) 6118 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 6119 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 6120 6121 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 6122 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 6123 6124 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 6125 6126 // C++ [dcl.init.aggr]p1: 6127 // An aggregate is an array or a class (clause 9) with [...] no 6128 // private or protected non-static data members (clause 11). 6129 // A POD must be an aggregate. 6130 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 6131 (AS == AS_private || AS == AS_protected)) { 6132 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 6133 CXXRecord->setAggregate(false); 6134 CXXRecord->setPOD(false); 6135 } 6136 6137 return NewFD; 6138} 6139 6140bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 6141 assert(FD); 6142 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 6143 6144 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 6145 return true; 6146 6147 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 6148 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6149 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 6150 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 6151 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 6152 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 6153 // copy constructors. 6154 6155 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 6156 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 6157 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 6158 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialConstructor()) 6159 member = CXXConstructor; 6160 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 6161 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 6162 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 6163 member = CXXDestructor; 6164 6165 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 6166 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 6167 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 6168 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 6169 return true; 6170 } 6171 } 6172 } 6173 6174 return false; 6175} 6176 6177/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 6178/// special member, figure out why. 6179void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 6180 QualType QT(T, 0U); 6181 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 6182 6183 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 6184 switch (member) { 6185 case CXXInvalid: 6186 break; 6187 6188 case CXXConstructor: 6189 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 6190 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 6191 for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){ 6192 const FunctionDecl *body = 0; 6193 ci->hasBody(body); 6194 if (!body || !cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(body)->isImplicitlyDefined()) { 6195 SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation(); 6196 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6197 return; 6198 } 6199 } 6200 6201 assert(0 && "found no user-declared constructors"); 6202 return; 6203 } 6204 break; 6205 6206 case CXXCopyConstructor: 6207 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 6208 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 6209 RD->getCopyConstructor(Context, 0)->getLocation(); 6210 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6211 return; 6212 } 6213 break; 6214 6215 case CXXCopyAssignment: 6216 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 6217 // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy 6218 // assignment, not the type. 6219 SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6220 Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6221 return; 6222 } 6223 break; 6224 6225 case CXXDestructor: 6226 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 6227 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 6228 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6229 return; 6230 } 6231 break; 6232 } 6233 6234 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 6235 6236 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 6237 // but not trivial destruction. 6238 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 6239 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 6240 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 6241 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 6242 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 6243 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6244 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 6245 return; 6246 } 6247 6248 // Check for virtual methods. 6249 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 6250 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 6251 ++mi) { 6252 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 6253 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6254 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 6255 return; 6256 } 6257 } 6258 } 6259 6260 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; 6261 switch (member) { 6262 case CXXConstructor: 6263 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialConstructor; break; 6264 case CXXCopyConstructor: 6265 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 6266 case CXXCopyAssignment: 6267 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 6268 case CXXDestructor: 6269 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; 6270 default: 6271 assert(0 && "unexpected special member"); return; 6272 } 6273 6274 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 6275 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 6276 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 6277 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 6278 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 6279 if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { 6280 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6281 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 6282 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 6283 return; 6284 } 6285 } 6286 6287 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 6288 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 6289 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 6290 ++fi) { 6291 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType()); 6292 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6293 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 6294 6295 if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { 6296 SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation(); 6297 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 6298 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 6299 return; 6300 } 6301 } 6302 } 6303 6304 assert(0 && "found no explanation for non-trivial member"); 6305} 6306 6307/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 6308/// AST enum value. 6309static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 6310TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 6311 switch (ivarVisibility) { 6312 default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind"); 6313 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 6314 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 6315 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 6316 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 6317 } 6318} 6319 6320/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 6321/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 6322Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 6323 SourceLocation DeclStart, 6324 Decl *IntfDecl, 6325 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth, 6326 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 6327 6328 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 6329 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 6330 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 6331 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 6332 6333 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 6334 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 6335 6336 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 6337 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6338 6339 if (BitWidth) { 6340 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 6341 if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) { 6342 D.setInvalidType(); 6343 DeleteExpr(BitWidth); 6344 BitWidth = 0; 6345 } 6346 } else { 6347 // Not a bitfield. 6348 6349 // validate II. 6350 6351 } 6352 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 6353 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 6354 D.setInvalidType(); 6355 } 6356 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 6357 // than a variably modified type. 6358 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6359 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 6360 D.setInvalidType(); 6361 } 6362 6363 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 6364 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 6365 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 6366 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 6367 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 6368 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(IntfDecl); 6369 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 6370 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 6371 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 6372 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 6373 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 6374 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 6375 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 6376 } 6377 else 6378 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 6379 } else { 6380 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 6381 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 6382 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 6383 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 6384 return 0; 6385 } 6386 } 6387 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 6388 } 6389 6390 // Construct the decl. 6391 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, 6392 EnclosingContext, Loc, II, T, 6393 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 6394 6395 if (II) { 6396 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 6397 ForRedeclaration); 6398 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 6399 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6400 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 6401 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6402 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 6403 } 6404 } 6405 6406 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 6407 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 6408 6409 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6410 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 6411 6412 if (II) { 6413 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 6414 // these to the interface. 6415 S->AddDecl(NewID); 6416 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 6417 } 6418 6419 return NewID; 6420} 6421 6422/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 6423/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 6424/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 6425/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 6426void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 6427 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 6428 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 6429 return; 6430 6431 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 6432 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 6433 6434 if (!Ivar->isBitField()) 6435 return; 6436 uint64_t BitFieldSize = 6437 Ivar->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(Context).getZExtValue(); 6438 if (BitFieldSize == 0) 6439 return; 6440 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 6441 if (!ID) { 6442 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 6443 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 6444 return; 6445 } 6446 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 6447 else 6448 return; 6449 } 6450 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 6451 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy), 0); 6452 Expr * BW = 6453 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(Zero, Context.CharTy, DeclLoc); 6454 6455 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl), 6456 DeclLoc, 0, 6457 Context.CharTy, 6458 Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy), 6459 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 6460 true); 6461 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 6462} 6463 6464void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 6465 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 6466 Decl **Fields, unsigned NumFields, 6467 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 6468 AttributeList *Attr) { 6469 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 6470 6471 // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a 6472 // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it. 6473 if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 6474 // FIXME: Deallocate fields? 6475 return; 6476 } 6477 6478 6479 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 6480 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 6481 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 6482 6483 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 6484 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFields; ++i) { 6485 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Fields[i]); 6486 6487 // Get the type for the field. 6488 Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 6489 6490 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 6491 // Remember all fields written by the user. 6492 RecFields.push_back(FD); 6493 } 6494 6495 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 6496 // diagnostics about it. 6497 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6498 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6499 continue; 6500 } 6501 6502 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 6503 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 6504 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 6505 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 6506 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 6507 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 6508 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 6509 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 6510 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 6511 // array. 6512 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 6513 // Field declared as a function. 6514 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 6515 << FD->getDeclName(); 6516 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6517 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6518 continue; 6519 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && i == NumFields - 1 && 6520 Record && Record->isStruct()) { 6521 // Flexible array member. 6522 if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 6523 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 6524 << FD->getDeclName(); 6525 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6526 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6527 continue; 6528 } 6529 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 6530 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType())->isPODType()) { 6531 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 6532 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 6533 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6534 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6535 continue; 6536 } 6537 6538 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 6539 if (Record) 6540 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 6541 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 6542 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 6543 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 6544 // Incomplete type 6545 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6546 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6547 continue; 6548 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6549 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 6550 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 6551 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 6552 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 6553 } else { 6554 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 6555 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 6556 // structures. 6557 if (i != NumFields-1) 6558 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 6559 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 6560 else { 6561 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 6562 // other structs as an extension. 6563 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 6564 << FD->getDeclName(); 6565 if (Record) 6566 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 6567 } 6568 } 6569 } 6570 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 6571 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 6572 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 6573 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 6574 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 6575 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6576 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6577 continue; 6578 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && 6579 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC && 6580 Record && 6581 (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 6582 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())) 6583 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 6584 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 6585 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 6586 if (Record && BaseType->isRecordType() && 6587 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 6588 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 6589 } 6590 // Keep track of the number of named members. 6591 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 6592 ++NumNamedMembers; 6593 } 6594 6595 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 6596 if (Record) { 6597 Record->completeDefinition(); 6598 } else { 6599 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 6600 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 6601 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 6602 ID->setLocEnd(RBrac); 6603 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 6604 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 6605 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 6606 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 6607 } 6608 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 6609 // duplicates. 6610 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 6611 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 6612 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 6613 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 6614 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 6615 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 6616 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 6617 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 6618 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 6619 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 6620 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 6621 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 6622 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 6623 // reported as errors elsewhere. 6624 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 6625 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 6626 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 6627 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 6628 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 6629 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 6630 } 6631 } 6632 } 6633 6634 if (Attr) 6635 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 6636 6637 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass, 6638 // set the visibility of this record. 6639 if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 6640 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record); 6641} 6642 6643/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 6644/// the given type T. 6645static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 6646 llvm::APSInt &Value, 6647 QualType T) { 6648 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 6649 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 6650 6651 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) 6652 return Value.getActiveBits() < BitWidth; 6653 6654 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 6655} 6656 6657// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 6658// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 6659static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 6660 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 6661 // enum checking below. 6662 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 6663 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 6664 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 6665 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 6666 }; 6667 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 6668 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 6669 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 6670 }; 6671 6672 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 6673 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerType()? SignedIntegralTypes 6674 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 6675 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 6676 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 6677 return Types[I]; 6678 6679 return QualType(); 6680} 6681 6682EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 6683 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 6684 SourceLocation IdLoc, 6685 IdentifierInfo *Id, 6686 Expr *Val) { 6687 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 6688 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 6689 QualType EltTy; 6690 if (Val) { 6691 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 6692 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 6693 else { 6694 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 6695 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 6696 if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 6697 VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) { 6698 Val = 0; 6699 } else { 6700 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6701 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 6702 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 6703 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 6704 // representable as an int. 6705 6706 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 6707 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 6708 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 6709 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 6710 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 6711 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 6712 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 6713 ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast); 6714 } 6715 } 6716 6717 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 6718 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 6719 // is the type of its initializing value: 6720 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 6721 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 6722 EltTy = Val->getType(); 6723 } 6724 } 6725 } 6726 6727 if (!Val) { 6728 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 6729 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 6730 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 6731 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 6732 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 6733 // is the type of its initializing value: 6734 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 6735 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 6736 // 6737 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 6738 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 6739 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 6740 } else { 6741 // Assign the last value + 1. 6742 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 6743 ++EnumVal; 6744 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 6745 6746 // Check for overflow on increment. 6747 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 6748 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 6749 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 6750 // is the type of its initializing value: 6751 // 6752 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 6753 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 6754 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 6755 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 6756 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 6757 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 6758 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 6759 if (T.isNull()) { 6760 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 6761 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 6762 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 6763 EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 6764 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 6765 << EnumVal.toString(10); 6766 } else { 6767 EltTy = T; 6768 } 6769 6770 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 6771 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 6772 // value, then increment. 6773 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 6774 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 6775 EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 6776 ++EnumVal; 6777 6778 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 6779 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 6780 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 6781 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 6782 // integral type. 6783 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 6784 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 6785 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 6786 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 6787 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 6788 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 6789 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 6790 } 6791 } 6792 } 6793 6794 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 6795 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 6796 // enumerator's type. 6797 EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 6798 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 6799 } 6800 6801 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 6802 Val, EnumVal); 6803} 6804 6805 6806Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, 6807 Decl *lastEnumConst, 6808 SourceLocation IdLoc, 6809 IdentifierInfo *Id, 6810 SourceLocation EqualLoc, ExprTy *val) { 6811 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 6812 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 6813 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 6814 Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val); 6815 6816 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 6817 // we find one that is. 6818 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 6819 6820 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 6821 // scope. 6822 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 6823 ForRedeclaration); 6824 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 6825 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6826 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 6827 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6828 PrevDecl = 0; 6829 } 6830 6831 if (PrevDecl) { 6832 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 6833 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 6834 assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 6835 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 6836 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 6837 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 6838 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 6839 else 6840 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 6841 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6842 return 0; 6843 } 6844 } 6845 6846 EnumConstantDecl *New = CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, 6847 IdLoc, Id, Val); 6848 6849 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 6850 if (New) { 6851 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 6852 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 6853 } 6854 6855 return New; 6856} 6857 6858void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 6859 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 6860 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 6861 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 6862 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 6863 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 6864 6865 if (Attr) 6866 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 6867 6868 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 6869 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 6870 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 6871 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 6872 if (!ECD) continue; 6873 6874 ECD->setType(EnumType); 6875 } 6876 6877 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 6878 return; 6879 } 6880 6881 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 6882 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 6883 // emit a warning. 6884 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 6885 unsigned CharWidth = Context.Target.getCharWidth(); 6886 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.Target.getShortWidth(); 6887 6888 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 6889 // reverse the list. 6890 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 6891 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 6892 6893 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 6894 bool AllElementsInt = true; 6895 6896 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 6897 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 6898 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 6899 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 6900 6901 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 6902 6903 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 6904 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 6905 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 6906 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 6907 else 6908 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 6909 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 6910 6911 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 6912 if (AllElementsInt) 6913 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 6914 } 6915 6916 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 6917 // FIXME: Support -fshort-enums. 6918 QualType BestType; 6919 unsigned BestWidth; 6920 6921 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 6922 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 6923 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 6924 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 6925 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 6926 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 6927 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 6928 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 6929 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 6930 QualType BestPromotionType; 6931 6932 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 6933 6934 if (NumNegativeBits) { 6935 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 6936 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 6937 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 6938 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 6939 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 6940 BestWidth = CharWidth; 6941 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 6942 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 6943 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 6944 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 6945 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 6946 BestType = Context.IntTy; 6947 BestWidth = IntWidth; 6948 } else { 6949 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth(); 6950 6951 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 6952 BestType = Context.LongTy; 6953 } else { 6954 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 6955 6956 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 6957 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 6958 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 6959 } 6960 } 6961 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 6962 } else { 6963 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 6964 // all of the enumerator values. 6965 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 6966 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 6967 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 6968 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 6969 BestWidth = CharWidth; 6970 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 6971 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 6972 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 6973 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 6974 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 6975 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 6976 BestWidth = IntWidth; 6977 BestPromotionType 6978 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 6979 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 6980 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 6981 (BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth())) { 6982 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 6983 BestPromotionType 6984 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 6985 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 6986 } else { 6987 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 6988 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 6989 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 6990 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 6991 BestPromotionType 6992 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 6993 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 6994 } 6995 } 6996 6997 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 6998 // the type of the enum if needed. 6999 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 7000 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 7001 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 7002 7003 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 7004 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 7005 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 7006 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 7007 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 7008 7009 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 7010 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 7011 7012 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 7013 // the enum decl type. 7014 QualType NewTy; 7015 unsigned NewWidth; 7016 bool NewSign; 7017 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 7018 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 7019 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 7020 NewWidth = IntWidth; 7021 NewSign = true; 7022 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 7023 // Already the right type! 7024 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7025 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 7026 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 7027 // enumeration. 7028 ECD->setType(EnumType); 7029 continue; 7030 } else { 7031 NewTy = BestType; 7032 NewWidth = BestWidth; 7033 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerType(); 7034 } 7035 7036 // Adjust the APSInt value. 7037 InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 7038 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 7039 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 7040 7041 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 7042 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 7043 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 7044 CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast, 7045 ECD->getInitExpr(), 7046 /*base paths*/ 0, 7047 ImplicitCastExpr::RValue)); 7048 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7049 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 7050 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 7051 // enumeration. 7052 ECD->setType(EnumType); 7053 else 7054 ECD->setType(NewTy); 7055 } 7056 7057 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 7058 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 7059} 7060 7061Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *expr) { 7062 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 7063 7064 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 7065 Loc, AsmString); 7066 CurContext->addDecl(New); 7067 return New; 7068} 7069 7070void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 7071 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 7072 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 7073 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 7074 7075 if (PrevDecl) { 7076 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 7077 } else { 7078 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 7079 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 7080 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 7081 } 7082} 7083 7084void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 7085 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 7086 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 7087 SourceLocation NameLoc, 7088 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 7089 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 7090 LookupOrdinaryName); 7091 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 7092 7093 if (PrevDecl) { 7094 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 7095 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 7096 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 7097 } else { 7098 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 7099 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 7100 } 7101} 7102